Westpac 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141
Incorporating the requirements of Appendix 4D
2018
Interim
Financial
Results
For the six months ended 31 March 2018
Results announcement to the market
ii | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
ASX Appendix 4D
Results for announcement to the market
1
Report for the half year ended 31 March 2018
2
Revenue from ordinary activities
3,4
($m)
up 4% to $11,153
Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to equity holders
4
($m)
up 7% to $4,198
Net profit for the period attributable to equity holders
4
($m)
up 7% to $4,198
Dividend Distributions (cents per ordinary share)
Amount
per security
Franked amount
per security
Interim Dividend 94 94
Record date for determining entitlements to the dividend
18 May 2018 (Sydney)
17 May 2018 (New York)
1
This document comprises the Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results, including the Interim Financial Report and is provided to
the Australian Securities Exchange under Listing Rule 4.2A.
2
This report should be read in conjunction with the Westpac Group Annual Report 2017 and any public announcements made in the
period by the Westpac Group in accordance with the continuous disclosure requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and ASX
Listing Rules.
3
Comprises reported interest income, interest expense and non-interest income.
4
All comparisons are with the reported results for the six months ended 31 March 2017.
Results announcement to the market
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | iii
Media
Release
7 May, 2018
Westpac delivers good quality result
• Statutory net profit $4,198 million, up 7%
• Cash earnings $4,251 million, up 6%
• Cash earnings per share, 125 cents, up 4%
• Cash return on equity (ROE) 14.0%, at top end of the 13 – 14% range Westpac is seeking to achieve
• Interim fully franked dividend of 94 cents per share, unchanged
• Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio 10.5%, in line with APRA’s unquestionably strong benchmark
Westpac Group CEO, Mr Brian Hartzer, said: “This is a good quality result built on consistent performance and a
disciplined approach to growth and returns.
“Over the past 12 months, we have continued to make progress on our service-led strategy, including adding over
370,000 new customers and making it easier for customers to manage their money. We have invested over
$1.3 billion in delivering new services to customers and upgrading the bank’s infrastructure.
“Our businesses continue to perform solidly, with the results for the Consumer and Business banks particularly
good. All businesses increased core earnings over the prior half. We are pleased that there were no one-offs,
making it a clean result,” Mr Hartzer said.
Compared to the prior corresponding period, the Consumer Bank delivered cash earnings growth of 12% and
revenue growth of 7%, supported by a 6% growth in mortgages. The Business Bank’s 13% increase in cash
earnings reflects good growth in the small business segment and a lower impairment charge as credit quality
improved. BT Financial Group had a solid performance, with cash earnings increasing 7% due to lower general
insurance claims and growth in Private Wealth, funds administration, and insurance premiums. WIB’s cash
earnings were 12% lower: While the underlying performance was solid, the prior corresponding period had a
strong markets performance which was not repeated.
“Including costs associated with the Royal Commission, our operating expenses rose 1% compared to the second
half last year, and our cost to income ratio fell to 41.7%.
“Our portfolio of businesses and brands means we are well positioned strategically to support customers’ changing
financial requirements across our key markets.
“We have introduced a number of new digital initiatives that make it easier for customers to manage their money,
including PayWear, our ‘wearable’ payment cards, access to finances via Amazon’s virtual assistant Alexa, and
1
Reported on a cash earnings basis unless otherwise stated. For an explanation of cash earnings and reconciliation to reported results
refer to Section 1.3 and Section 5, Note 8 of Westpac Group’s 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement.
Financial highlights First Half 2018 compared to First Half 2017
1
Results announcement to the market
iv | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
more convenient wealth management through our wealth system Panorama. Meanwhile our investments in
companies such as Uno Home Loans, zipMoney, and Assembly Payments, as well as Reinventure’s portfolio of
fintech startups, position Westpac to benefit from the rapid technology and data-driven changes in our core
markets.”
Noting the importance of the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial
Services Industry, Mr Hartzer said: “We acknowledge the significant customer and community concerns that have
been raised by the Royal Commission and recognise that the process provides a critical opportunity to restore
customer trust across the sector.
“Westpac is already well advanced in taking steps that will improve customer outcomes. We have been actively
seeking out instances where we’ve got it wrong, and in those cases, putting it right for the customers affected.
“Over the last three years we have reviewed more than 300 products and made over 150 changes to our products,
policies, and business practices, including introducing a low rate credit card, removing sales incentives for tellers,
and providing an independent advocate for our customers. This work is ongoing and we will continue to make
changes to our business based on our reviews and feedback from our customers, our regulators, and the Royal
Commission itself.”
Strong balance sheet
Margins well-managed
CET1 capital ratio (%)
Net interest margin (NIM) (%)
• 10.5% CET1 capital ratio, in line with APRA’s
‘unquestionably strong’ benchmark
• Liquidity ratios well above regulatory
minimums of 100%:
- Liquidity coverage ratio 134%
- Net stable funding ratio 112%
• Net interest margin up 7bps from prior period
• A rise in Treasury & Markets income contributed
4bps to NIM, while margins excluding Treasury &
Markets increased 3bps
Expenses ($m)
• Operating expenses increased $50 million or 1% in the half, primarily due to the Group’s investment program
and higher regulatory and compliance spend, including costs associated with the Royal Commission
• An increase in ongoing expenses in the half was more than offset by productivity savings of $131 million
8.7
8.8 8.8
10.5
10.0
10.5
Mar-13Mar-14Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18
2.14
2.11
2.07
2.10
2.17
2.03
2.04
1.96
2.02
2.05
1H162H161H172H171H18
NIMNIM excl. Treasury & Markets
4,604
125
22
34 4,654
(131)
2H17Ongoing expensesProductivityInvestmentRoyal Commission1H18
Up 1%
Royal Commission
Results announcement to the market
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | v
Credit quality
• Asset quality remains sound
• Stressed assets to total
committed exposures (TCE)
were down 5bps over the year
• Impaired asset provision coverage
steady at 46% over the half
Mortgage quality
• Mortgage book fundamentally
sound
• Little change to 90+ day
delinquencies over the half
• Properties in possession reduced to
398 over the half, out of a portfolio
of about 1.6 million loans
Divisional performance – cash earnings
Division
1H18
($m)
%
change
1H17
%
change
2H17
Highlights (1H18 – 1H17)
Consumer
Bank
1,717
12
6
Good balance sheet growth (loans up 5%, deposits up 5%),
disciplined margin management, and reduced impairment
charges
Business
Bank
1,080
13
3
Core earnings growth of 7% (loans to small and medium
enterprises up 5%, 6% rise in deposits) and a 32% decline in
impairment charges
BT
Financial
Group
404
7
13
Cash earnings growth due to higher net interest income from
Private Wealth, sound growth in funds administration, offset by
lower fund margins. Insurance contribution higher from growth
in premiums and lower general insurance claims
Westpac
Institutional
Bank
551
(12)
4
Lower cash earnings primarily due to strong markets
performance in prior corresponding period which was not
repeated
Net interest income up 3%, loans increased 6%, margins 2bps
higher from disciplined loan pricing and changes in deposit
mix
Westpac
New Zealand
($NZ)
482
4
(5)
Core earnings increased 14%, supported by a rise in net
interest margin and improved productivity. Cash earnings
growth of 4% impacted by impairments moving from a benefit
to a small charge in 1H18
2.26
2.17
1.94
1.60
1.37
1.24
1.12
0.99
1.03
1.20
1.14
1.05
1.09
Mar-12
Sep-12
Mar-13
Sep-13
Mar-14
Sep-14
Mar-15
Sep-15
Mar-16
Sep-16
Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18
90+ day past due total90+ day past due investor
30+ day past due total
Stressed assets to TCE (%)
Australian mortgage portfolio delinquencies (%)
Introduced new hardship treatment
Results announcement to the market
vi | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
The Westpac Group Board has determined an unchanged interim dividend of 94 cents per share to be paid on
4 July 2018.
The dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) will continue to apply and there will be no discount to the market price.
Shares will be issued to satisfy the DRP.
The Federal Government bank levy cost Westpac $186 million pre-tax for the six months. The levy will be paid out
of retained earnings and is equivalent to 4 cents per share.
Mr Hartzer said the outlook for Australia remains positive with GDP growth expected to be near trend at around
2.7% for the remainder of 2018 and 2019.
“Australia is experiencing solid employment growth and continued business investment, especially in the
construction sector. However, household income growth remains lacklustre and inflation is low. The Reserve Bank
is likely to keep rates on hold for some time,” Mr Hartzer said.
“Prospects for the US in 2018 are strong. Tax reform and government spending are supplementing a booming
jobs market, boosting growth to around 3%. However, rising interest rates and volatile markets are likely to slow
the economy in 2019.
“Momentum in Europe is slowing and China is expected to cool somewhat in the second half. For Australia, that
will weigh on commodity prices. Nevertheless the growing middle class and the rebalancing of the Chinese
economy towards consumption will continue to boost Australian service exports particularly in tourism and
education.”
Mr Hartzer said Westpac’s credit portfolio is fundamentally sound and continues to be well positioned.
“While the housing market is expected to continue to cool, this dynamic means that opportunities are opening up
for first home buyers, who are beginning to step up in place of investors. With solid underlying demand relative to
supply, and almost 70% of our customers ahead on their repayments, the Australian housing market is in good
shape.
“Westpac’s customer franchise continues to grow; we are making banking easier and more efficient, and the
strength of our brands and quality of our people means we are well positioned to support growth across regions
and industries. While there is much still to do, we remain committed to consistently increasing the value that we
deliver to our customers and shareholders over the long term.”
For further information
David Lording
Head of Media Relations
M. 0419 683 411
Andrew Bowden
Head of Investor Relations
T. 02 8253 4008
M. 0438 284 863
Dividends
Outlook
Results announcement to the market
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 1
Index
01 Group results
1.1 Reported results
1.2 Key financial information
1.3 Cash earnings results
1.4 Market share and system multiple metrics
2
2
3
4
7
02 Review of Group operations
2.1 Performance overview
2.2 Review of earnings
2.3 Credit quality
2.4 Balance sheet and funding
2.5 Capital and dividends
2.6 Sustainability performance
8
9
18
31
33
38
43
03 Divisional results
3.1 Consumer Bank
3.2 Business Bank
3.3 BT Financial Group (Australia)
3.4 Westpac Institutional Bank
3.5 Westpac New Zealand
3.6 Group Businesses
46
46
49
51
56
58
61
04 2018 Interim financial report
4.1 Directors’ report
4.2 Consolidated income statement
4.3 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
4.4 Consolidated balance sheet
4.5 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
4.6 Consolidated cash flow statement
4.7 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
4.8 Statutory statements
63
64
89
90
91
92
93
94
125
05 Cash earnings financial information
127
06 Other information
6.1 Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements
6.2 References to websites
6.3 Credit ratings
6.4 Dividend reinvestment plan
6.5 Changes in control of Group entities
6.6 Financial calendar and Share Registry details
6.7 Exchange rates
138
138
139
139
139
140
141
145
07 Glossary
147
In this announcement references to ‘Westpac’, ‘WBC’, ‘Westpac Group’, ‘the Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ are to Westpac Banking
Corporation and its controlled entities, unless it clearly means just Westpac Banking Corporation.
All references to $ in this document are to Australian dollars unless otherwise stated.
Financial calendar
Interim results announcement 7 May 2018
Ex-dividend date for interim dividend 17 May 2018
Record date for interim dividend (Sydney) 18 May 2018
Interim dividend payable 4 July 2018
Final results announcement (scheduled) 5 November 2018
2018 Interim financial results
Group results
2 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
1.0 Group results
1.1 Reported results
Reported net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation is prepared in accordance with the
requirements of Australian Accounting Standards (AAS) and regulations applicable to Australian Authorised
Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs).
% Mov't
1
% Mov't
1
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income
8,278 7,903 7,613 5 9
Non-interest income
2,875 3,130 3,156 (8) (9)
Net operating income before operating expenses
and impairment charges
11,153 11,033 10,769 1 4
Operating expenses
(4,725) (4,801) (4,633) (2) 2
Net profit before impairment charges
and income tax expense
6,428 6,232 6,136
3 5
Impairment charges
(393) (360) (493) 9 (20)
Profit before income tax
6,035 5,872 5,643
3 7
Income tax expense
(1,835) (1,787) (1,731) 3 6
Net profit for the period
4,200 4,085 3,912
3 7
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests
(2) (2) (5) - (60)
Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac
Banking Corporation
4,198 4,083 3,907
3 7
Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for First Half 2018 was $4,198 million, an
increase of $291 million or 7% compared to First Half 2017. Features of this result included a $384 million or 4%
increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges, a $92 million or 2%
increase in operating expenses and a $100 million or 20% decrease in impairment charges.
Net interest income increased $665 million or 9% compared to First Half 2017, with total loan growth of 5%, mostly
from Australian housing which grew 6%. Reported net interest margin increased 11 basis points to 2.16%,
reflecting higher spreads on certain mortgage types (including investor lending and loans with an interest-only
feature), and increased deposit spreads. These were partly offset by the Bank Levy which was effective from July
2017. Net interest income, loans, deposits and other borrowings and net interest margins are discussed further in
Sections 2.2.1 to 2.2.4.
Non-interest income decreased $281 million or 9% compared to First Half 2017 primarily due to a decrease in
trading income of $226 million and the impact of economic hedges on New Zealand earnings ($63 million lower).
Non-interest income is discussed further in Section 2.2.5.
Operating expenses increased $92 million or 2% compared to First Half 2017. The rise in operating expenses
includes annual salary increases and higher technology expenses related to the Group’s investment program and
a rise in regulatory and compliance costs, including costs associated with the Royal Commission. These increases
were partly offset by productivity benefits and lower amortisation of intangibles. Operating expenses are discussed
further in Section 2.2.8.
Impairment charges were $100 million or 20% lower compared to First Half 2017. Asset quality remained sound,
with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures at 1.09%, down 5 basis points compared to
First Half 2017. The decrease in the impairment charges was primarily due to reduced individual provisions for
larger facilities. Impairment charges are discussed further in Section 2.2.9.
The effective tax rate of 30.4% was lower than the First Half 2017 effective tax rate of 30.7%. Income tax expense
is discussed further in Section 2.2.10.
1
Percentage movement represents an increase / (decrease) to the relevant comparative period.
2018 Interim financial results
Group results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 3
1.2 Key financial information
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Shareholder value
Earnings per ordinary share (cents)
123.7 121.2 116.8 2 6
Weighted average ordinary shares (millions)
1
3,392 3,366 3,344 1 1
Fully franked dividends per ordinary share (cents)
94 94 94 - -
Return on average ordinary equity
13.79% 13.72% 13.57% 7bps 22bps
Average ordinary equity ($m)
61,051 59,364 57,744 3 6
Average total equity ($m)
61,065 59,380 57,768 3 6
Net tangible asset per ordinary share ($)
15.00 14.66 14.24 2 5
Business performance
Interest spread
2.00% 1.90% 1.88% 10bps 12bps
Benefit of net non-interest bearing assets,
liabilities and equity
0.16% 0.17% 0.17% (1bps) (1bps)
Net interest margin
2.16% 2.07% 2.05% 9bps 11bps
Average interest-earning assets ($m)
767,011 759,764 744,783 1 3
Expense to income ratio
42.37% 43.51% 43.02% (114bps) (65bps)
Capital, funding and liquidity
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio
- APRA Basel III
10.50% 10.56% 9.97% (6bps) 53bps
- Internationally comparable
2
16.13% 16.20% 15.34% (7bps) 79bps
Credit risk weighted assets (credit RWA) ($m)
361,391 349,258 352,713 3 2
Total risk weighted assets (RWA) ($m)
415,744 404,235 404,382 3 3
Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)
134% 124% 125% large large
Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)
3
112% 109% 108% 351bps 372bps
Asset quality
Gross impaired assets to gross loans
0.22% 0.22% 0.30% - (8bps)
Gross impaired assets to equity and total provisions
2.33% 2.39% 3.15% (6bps) (82bps)
Gross impaired asset provisions to
gross impaired assets
45.54% 46.30% 52.07% (76bps) large
Total committed exposures (TCE) ($m)
1,023,017 1,005,882 984,794 2 4
Total stressed exposures as a % of TCE
1.09% 1.05% 1.14% 4bps (5bps)
Total provisions to gross loans
45bps 45bps 52bps - (7bps)
Mortgages 90+ day delinquencies
0.65% 0.62% 0.63% 3bps 2bps
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies
1.64% 1.57% 1.55% 7bps 9bps
Collectively assessed provisions to credit RWA
75bps 76bps 77bps (1bps) (2bps)
Balance sheet ($m)
4
Loans
701,393 684,919 666,946 2 5
Total assets
871,855 851,875 839,993 2 4
Deposits and other borrowings
547,736 533,591 522,513 3 5
Total liabilities
809,190 790,533 780,621 2 4
Total equity
62,665 61,342 59,372 2 6
Wealth Management
Average Group funds ($bn)
5
217.3 213.9 203.2 2 7
Life insurance in-force premiums (Australia) ($m)
1,276 1,068 1,030 19 24
General insurance gross written premiums (Australia) ($m)
251 258 250 (3) -
1
Weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares listed on the ASX for the relevant period less average Westpac shares held by
the Group (“Treasury shares”).
2
Refer Glossary for definition.
3
The NSFR was effective from 1 January 2018 for Australian Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs). Half Year September 2017
and Half Year March 2017 are presented on a proforma basis.
4
Spot balances.
5
Averages are based on a six month period.
2018 Interim financial results
Group results
4 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
1.3 Cash earnings results
Throughout this results announcement, reporting and commentary of financial performance will refer to ‘cash
earnings results’, unless otherwise stated. Section 4 is prepared on a reported basis. A reconciliation of cash
earnings to reported results is set out in Section 5, Note 8.
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income
8,301 8,011 7,693 4 8
Non-interest income
2,850 2,784 3,068 2 (7)
Net operating income
11,151 10,795 10,761 3 4
Operating expenses
(4,654) (4,604) (4,501) 1 3
Core earnings
6,497 6,191
6,260
5 4
Impairment charges
(393) (360) (493) 9 (20)
Operating profit before income tax
6,104 5,831
5,767
5 6
Income tax expense
(1,851) (1,784) (1,745) 4 6
Net profit
4,253 4,047
4,022
5 6
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests
(2) (2) (5) - (60)
Cash earnings
4,251 4,045
4,017
5 6
1.3.1 Key financial information – cash earnings basis
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Shareholder value
Cash earnings per ordinary share (cents)
125.0 119.9 119.8 4 4
Economic profit ($m)
1
2,049 1,864 1,910 10 7
Weighted average ordinary shares (millions)
2
3,400 3,375 3,352 1 1
Dividend payout ratio
75.28% 78.86% 78.57% (358bps) (329bps)
Cash earnings on average ordinary equity (ROE)
13.96% 13.59% 13.95% 37bps 1bps
Cash earnings on average tangible
ordinary equity (ROTE)
16.60% 16.27% 16.83% 33bps (23bps)
Average ordinary equity ($m)
61,051 59,364 57,744 3 6
Average tangible ordinary equity ($m)
3
51,344 49,582 47,863 4 7
Business performance
Interest spread
2.00% 1.92% 1.90% 8bps 10bps
Benefit of net non-interest bearing assets,
liabilities and equity
0.17% 0.18% 0.17% (1bps) -
Net interest margin
2.17% 2.10% 2.07% 7bps 10bps
Average interest-earning assets ($m)
767,011 759,764 744,783 1 3
Expense to income ratio
41.74% 42.65% 41.83% (91bps) (9bps)
Full time equivalent employees (FTE)
35,720 35,096 35,290 2 1
Revenue per FTE ($ '000's)
315 307 306 3 3
Effective tax rate
30.32% 30.60% 30.26% (28bps) 6bps
Impairment charges
Impairment charges to average loans annualised
11bps 11bps 15bps - (4bps)
Net write-offs to average loans annualised
13bps 25bps 19bps (12bps) (6bps)
1
Refer to Section 5, Note 9 for further details.
2
Weighted average ordinary shares – cash earnings: represents the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares listed on
the ASX for the relevant period.
3
Average tangible ordinary equity is calculated as average ordinary equity less goodwill and other intangible assets (excluding
capitalised software).
2018 Interim financial results
Group results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 5
Cash earnings policy
In assessing financial performance, including divisional results, Westpac Group uses a measure of performance
referred to as ‘cash earnings’. Cash earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by
ongoing operations and is therefore considered in assessing distributions, including dividends. Cash earnings is
neither a measure of cash flow nor net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes both cash and
non-cash adjustments to statutory net profit.
Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current period against
prior periods and to compare performance across business divisions and across peer companies.
To determine cash earnings, three categories of adjustments are made to reported results:
• Material items that key decision makers at the Westpac Group believe do not reflect ongoing operations;
• Items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles,
impact of Treasury shares and economic hedging impacts; and
• Accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results.
A full reconciliation of reported results to cash earnings is set out in Section 5, Note 8.
Reconciliation of reported results to cash earnings
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF
WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
4,198 4,083
3,907
3 7
Amortisation of intangible assets
17 64 73 (73) (77)
Fair value (gain)/loss on economic hedges
37 62 7 (40) large
Ineffective hedges
9 20 (4) (55) large
Partial sale of BTIM shares
- (171) - (100) -
Treasury shares
(10) (13) 34 (23) large
Total cash earnings adjustments (post-tax)
53 (38)
110
large (52)
Cash earnings
4,251 4,045
4,017
5 6
Outlined below are the cash earnings adjustments to the reported result:
• Amortisation of intangible assets: Identifiable intangible assets arising from business acquisitions are amortised
over their useful lives, ranging between four and twenty years. This amortisation (excluding capitalised
software) is a cash earnings adjustment because it is a non-cash flow item and does not affect cash
distributions available to shareholders. The last of these intangible assets were fully amortised in December
2017;
• Fair value on economic hedges (which do not qualify for hedge accounting under AAS) comprise:
- The unrealised fair value (gain)/loss on foreign exchange hedges of future New Zealand earnings impacting
non-interest income is reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on
reported results but do not affect the Group’s cash earnings over the life of the hedge; and
- The unrealised fair value (gain)/loss on hedges of accrual accounted term funding transactions are reversed
in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on reported results but do not affect
the Group’s cash earnings over the life of the hedge.
• Ineffective hedges: The unrealised (gain)/loss on ineffective hedges is reversed in deriving cash earnings
because the gain or loss arising from the fair value movement in these hedges reverses over time and does not
affect the Group’s profits over time;
• Partial sale of BTIM shares: During Second Half 2017 the Group recognised a gain, net of costs, associated
with the partial sale of shares in BTIM. Consistent with the treatment of prior gains from sale, this gain has
been treated as a cash earnings adjustment given its size and that it does not reflect ongoing operations. The
Group has indicated that it may sell the remaining 10% shareholding in BTIM at some future date. Any future
gain or loss on this shareholding will similarly be excluded from the calculation of cash earnings;
• Treasury shares: Under AAS, Westpac shares held by the Group in the managed funds and life businesses are
deemed to be Treasury shares and the results of holding these shares cannot be recognised in the reported
results. In deriving cash earnings, these results are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the
Group’s profits because the Treasury shares support policyholder liabilities and equity derivative transactions
which are re-valued in determining income; and
2018 Interim financial results
Group results
6 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
• Accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results comprise:
- Treatment of Westpac New Zealand credit card rewards scheme to align with Group practices was changed
in Second Half 2017. This change had no impact on cash earnings or reported profit, but it has led to a
restatement of non-interest income and operating expenses within cash earnings for Second Half 2017 and
First Half 2017;
- Policyholder tax recoveries: Income and tax amounts that are grossed up to comply with the AAS covering
Life Insurance Business (policyholder tax recoveries) are reversed in deriving income and taxation expense
on a cash earnings basis; and
- Operating leases: Under AAS rental income on operating leases is presented gross of the depreciation of the
assets subject to the lease. These amounts are offset in deriving non-interest income and operating
expenses on a cash earnings basis.
The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has
been followed when presenting this information.
2018 Interim financial results
Group results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 7
1.4 Market share and system multiple metrics
1.4.1 Market share
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
2018 2017 2017
Australia
Banking system (APRA)
1
Housing credit
2
25% 25% 25%
Cards
23% 23% 23%
Household deposits
23% 23% 23%
Business deposits
20% 20% 20%
Financial system (RBA)
3
Housing credit
2
23% 23% 23%
Business credit
19% 19% 19%
Retail deposits
4
21% 22% 21%
New Zealand (RBNZ)
5,6
Consumer lending
19% 19% 19%
Deposits
19% 19% 19%
Business lending
16% 16% 17%
Australian Wealth Management
7
Platforms (includes Wrap and Corporate Super)
18% 19% 19%
Retail (excludes Cash)
18% 18% 18%
Corporate Super
13% 13% 14%
1.4.2 System multiples
Half Year Half Year Half Year
March 18 Sept 17 March 17
Australia
Banking system (APRA)
1
Housing credit
2
1.0 1.1 0.8
Cards
8
n/a n/a 1.1
Household deposits
0.8 1.3 1.1
Business deposits
0.9 1.1 1.0
Financial system (RBA)
3
Housing credit
2
0.9 1.0 0.8
Business credit
8
0.9 1.0 n/a
Retail deposits
4
0.6 1.3 0.7
New Zealand (RBNZ)
5,6
Consumer lending
0.7 0.6 0.7
Deposits
8
1.2 1.4 n/a
1
Source: Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA).
2
Includes securitised loans.
3
Source: Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA).
4
Retail deposits as measured by the RBA, financial system includes financial corporations’ deposits.
5
New Zealand comprises New Zealand banking operations.
6
Source: Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ).
7
Market Share Funds under Management / Funds under Administration based on published market share statistics from Strategic
Insight as at 31 December 2017 (for First Half 2018), as at 30 June 2017 (for Second Half 2017) and as at 31 December 2016 (for
First Half 2017) and represents the BT Wealth business market share reported at these times.
8
n/a indicates that system growth or Westpac growth was negative.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
8 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
2.0 Review of Group operations
Movement in cash earnings ($m)
First Half 2018 –Second Half 2017
66
290
Tax & non-
controlling
interests
(67)
4,251
(50)
Operating
expenses
Impairment
charges
(33)
Non-interest
income
Net interest
income
4,045
First Half 2018
cash earnings
+206
Second Half 2017
cash earnings
Movement in cash earnings ($m)
First Half 2018 –First Half 2017
100
608
Operating
expenses
(153)
Non-interest
income
(218)
Net interest
income
First Half 2017
cash earnings
4,017
+234
First Half 2018
cash earnings
4,251
Tax & non-
controlling
interests
(103)
Impairment
charges
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 9
2.1 Performance overview
Overview
Westpac Group generated cash earnings of $4,251 million in First Half 2018, 5% or $206 million higher than
Second Half 2017 cash earnings of $4,045 million. The rise in cash earnings over the half was supported by a 5%
rise in core earnings, partly offset by a 9% increase in impairment charges. The 5% increase in core earnings was
due to a 4% rise in net interest income and a 2% increase in non-interest income partially offset by a 1% increase
in expenses.
Compared to First Half 2017, cash earnings were up 6% or $234 million.
The 5% growth in cash earnings compared to the prior half translated to 4% growth in earnings per share following
new share issuance as part of the dividend reinvestment plan. The Group’s ROE for the half was 14.0%, up from
13.6% in Second Half 2017 and little changed from the prior corresponding period. Consistent with the rise in
capital, net tangible assets per share increased 2% to $15.00.
The economic environment has remained positive for the banking sector with Australian system
1
credit growth of
around 5% compared to the prior corresponding period, continued positive fund flows, and low levels of stressed
assets. That said, credit growth has eased a little over the last six months as macro prudential rules contributed to
a slowing in the housing market and businesses in aggregate remained cautious on new investment. Competition
has remained intense from both local and international financial institutions. Westpac has continued to manage
the business in a balanced way across strength, return, productivity and growth. In First Half 2018, the Group has
again prioritised return over growth.
The environment for financial services has however been impacted by the Royal Commission into Misconduct in
the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry. First established in mid-December 2017, the Royal
Commission has now completed public hearings on consumer lending and financial advice. During the course of
the Royal Commission serious questions have been raised about customer treatment and outcomes,
responsiveness to complaints, incentive structures, conflicts of interest and regulatory oversight.
In recent years, and prior to the Royal Commission, Westpac commenced a number of programs to improve its
policies, procedures, and practices for customers. This included implementing the Australian Banking
Association’s “Six point plan” to improve the sector’s reputation and commencing a “get it right, put it right”
initiative across the organisation. This effort covers all of our businesses and aims to proactively identify potential
issues for customers and fix them. At the same time, where we have got things wrong we have committed to put
things right for customers. In Full Year 2017, this included a provision of $169 million for customer refunds and
payments. More detail on these programs appears later in this overview.
Strategically, Westpac continues to focus on growing the long term value of the franchise through its customer
focused strategy. In First Half 2018 the Group has further grown its customer franchise, enhanced services to
customers and improved productivity. This has been achieved while continuing to transform the organisation, and
the customer experience, in particular using digital capabilities.
A key element of the Group’s strategy is the recognition of Westpac’s role in helping to create a positive social,
economic and environmental impact, for the benefit of all. In 2017, Westpac was recognised as the most
sustainable bank globally in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index; the fourth year in a row. For further details of our
Sustainability Strategy, refer to Section 2.6.
Performance drivers
Compared to the prior half, lending across the Group grew a little below system
1
at 2%, consistent with the
Group’s decision to prioritise return over growth. Customer deposits grew 3% supporting a further improvement in
the Group’s funding mix. Margins were higher over the half, particularly in the Consumer Bank, Business Bank
and Westpac New Zealand, along with increased Treasury income. Spreads were higher on deposits. Mortgage
spreads were also higher reflecting the full period impact of pricing changes in Second Half 2017 in investor and
interest only mortgages. These increases were partially offset by customers switching to lower spread mortgage
products and the full period impact of the Bank Levy, which only applied for one quarter in Second Half 2017. The
Bank Levy cost $186 million in First Half 2018, up from $95 million in Second Half 2017, and reduced margins by a
further 2 basis points over the half. On a cash earnings per share basis, the First Half 2018 impact of the Bank
Levy is equivalent to around 4 cents per share.
In aggregate, net interest income increased 4% over the half and, combined with 2% growth in non-interest
income, led to total operating income rising 3%.
Expenses increased 1% or $50 million, with productivity gains continuing to offset increases in business as usual
costs. Most of the increase in expenses was related to higher investment and regulatory and compliance costs
including $34 million in additional expenses associated with the Royal Commission.
1
Source: RBA March 2018.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
10 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
With income growth exceeding expense growth, the expense to income ratio declined by 91 basis points over the
half and by 9 basis points compared to the prior corresponding period to be 41.7% for First Half 2018.
Core earnings (earnings after expenses but before impairment charges) were up 5% compared to the prior half
with all operating divisions contributing to the increase.
Credit quality remained sound with key metrics little changed compared to the prior half. Stressed assets to TCE
were 1.09% at 31 March 2018, up 4 basis points from September 2017 but down 5 basis points compared to
March 2017. Impaired assets were little changed over the half with no new facilities greater than $50 million
becoming impaired.
Given the trends in credit quality, total provisions were little changed over the half (up $46 million) mostly in
collectively assessed provisions. As a result, the Group’s provision coverage was steady. The ratio of gross
impaired asset provisions to gross impaired assets was 46% (down 76 basis points on the prior half) while the ratio
of collectively assessed provisions to credit risk weighted assets was little changed over the half, down one basis
point to 0.75%. The overlay provision was $12 million higher (totalling $335 million).
Operating divisions delivered an increase in cash earnings over the half, with the exception of Westpac New
Zealand (which saw impairments move from a benefit to a charge). The Consumer Bank, which contributed 40%
to Group earnings, lifted cash earnings 6%. The Business Bank recorded a 3% rise in cash earnings with core
earnings up 3% while Westpac Institutional Bank reported a 4% increase in cash earnings. BT Financial Group
(Australia) (BTFG) recorded a 13% increase in cash earnings with growth in funds and insurance premiums and
lower provisions for customer payments and refunds. The Westpac New Zealand business (in NZ$) recorded a
3% increase in core earnings although cash earnings were 5% (in NZ$) lower as a small impairment charge was
recorded this half compared to an impairment benefit in the prior half.
The Group maintained the strength of its balance sheet:
A CET1 capital ratio of 10.5%, in line with the “unquestionably strong” benchmark set by APRA. The ratio was
little changed over the half as organic capital generation was largely offset by regulatory model changes;
A liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) of 134% being above the 100% regulatory minimum; and
The net stable funding ratio (NSFR) was 112% and was comfortably above the 100% regulatory minimum
which applied from 1 January 2018.
The Board determined an interim ordinary dividend of 94 cents per share, fully franked, unchanged over both
Second Half 2017 and First Half 2017.
The interim ordinary dividend of 94 cents represents a payout ratio of 75.3% and a dividend yield of 6.6%
1
. The
Board has determined to issue shares to satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) for the First Half 2018
dividend and to apply no discount to the market price used to determine the number of shares issued under the
DRP. The final ordinary dividend will be paid on 4 July 2018 with the record date of 18 May 2018
2
. After allowing
for the final dividend, the Group’s adjusted franking account balance was $1,279 million.
Strategic progress
Westpac is committed to its service-based strategy and its existing banking operations along with the wealth and
insurance businesses operated by BTFG. This consistency has enabled the Group to make significant progress
on delivery through the half, helping build the value of the franchise. Westpac’s vision is:
To be one of the world’s great service companies, helping our customers, communities and people to
prosper and grow.
The five strategic priorities supporting that vision are: service leadership, performance discipline, digital
transformation, targeted growth and workforce revolution. Progress on these priorities is outlined below.
Service leadership
Westpac’s goal of being one of the world’s great service companies means the Group strives to deliver market-
leading customer experiences. While customer service has improved across the Group, there is still further work
required. Recent developments included:
Helping customers to better manage their finances:
- Provided the capability for customers to reduce credit card limits online;
- Option to sign-up for reminder alerts via SMS or email five days before monthly credit card repayment is
due;
- Ability to temporarily restrict all debit transactions on credit cards; and
1
Based on the closing share price as at 29 March 2018 of $28.62.
2
Record date for 2018 interim dividend in New York is 17 May 2018.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 11
- Introduced Westpac SmartPlan, a structured repayment schedule plan enabling customers to break down
large amounts on their credit cards into a number of regular monthly instalments.
Helping customers develop savings habits by rewarding savings behaviour:
- Westpac Bump launched in April 2017 to encourage children and their parents develop savings habits. For
eligible children
1
Westpac will deposit $200 into their account; and
- Westpac Life account launched in August 2017, helps customers save with a 0.8% bonus interest rate if the
balance is higher at month end.
Helping customers in times of need:
- Over 19,000 customers provided hardship assistance in the half;
- Dementia-Friendly Banking program in partnership with Alzheimer’s Australia introduced in September
2017; and
- Fraud guarantee; monitor fraud and fix it when a retail customer loses money through no fault of their own
(March 2018).
Growing the customer base by 1% over the last 12 months;
Making it easier for customers to understand our product offering by simplifying our product suite. We have
reduced the number of consumer products for sale - for example, in the Consumer Bank, the number of
products has more than halved from 126 in 2015 to 60;
Customer satisfaction ranked number 2 compared to peers, and ranked number 3 for NPS for the Consumer
Bank; and
Introducing a range of improved services using digital (see digital transformation below).
Performance discipline
This strategic priority is focused on delivering a superior financial and risk management performance by achieving
balanced outcomes across strength, return, productivity, and growth.
This half, Westpac delivered 5% growth in cash earnings and ROE of 14%, improved liquidity metrics and $131
million of productivity savings (representing almost 3% of the cost base).
The Group’s 14% ROE in First Half 2017 was at the top end of the 13% to 14% range the Group is seeking to
achieve. This half, the Group further refined its internal capital allocation models to reflect the proposed changes
to the Basel III capital rules and to enhance divisional accountability for returns. As a result, approximately $6
billion of capital (previously held in the Group centre) was allocated to operating divisions in the half, sending a
clear signal on capital requirements each division needs to operate under.
Contributors to the $131 million in productivity savings included:
Streamlining via digital - $18 million: 45% of Consumer Bank customers and 70% of New Zealand customers
have converted to e-statements. Cheque digitisation has resulted in 45,000 cheques imaged daily (includes
savings in manual handling);
Improving network efficiency - $12 million: Closed or amalgamated 27 branches across Australia and New
Zealand;
Vendor and process management - $32 million: Streamlining of external contracts particularly in technology
and commercial services and more efficient use of external suppliers; and
Simplifying the Group’s operating model - $69 million: Reducing management spans and layers, and various
improvements in operating efficiency contributing to a reduction of over 350 roles.
After a decade of strengthening the balance sheet from a capital, funding, and liquidity perspective the Group’s
ratios are now in line, or ahead of, APRA’s updated benchmarks. While APRA’s final rules on capital are yet to be
released, the Group believes it is well placed to meet any subsequent changes by the scheduled 1 January 2020
commencement date.
With funding and liquidity, the Group has met the new NSFR requirements that became effective on 1 January
2018. The Group’s customer deposit to loan ratio was 52 basis points higher over the half at 71.6% while the
duration of new term funding raised during First Half 2018 was over seven years.
1
Eligible children must be born in 2017, have a permanent Australian residential address and have the Bump Savings account opened
in their name by 31 May 2018.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
12 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Westpac effectively navigated APRA’s mortgage macro prudential rules through the half while achieving good
portfolio growth. This included maintaining investor property growth below 10% per annum and holding the
proportion of new interest only mortgages to less than 30% of new flows. These rules were achieved with annual
investor lending growing at around 5% over the year and new interest only facilities representing 23% of new
mortgage limits for the half. The repricing of investment and interest only mortgages supported this outcome. As a
result, the proportion of Australian interest only mortgage lending has declined by around 10 percentage points
over the last 12 months to 40% at March 2018. These rules were achieved while growing the Australian mortgage
portfolio by 2% for the six months to March 2018.
Digital transformation
Advances in digital technology provide the Group with the ability to improve the customer experience while
simultaneously improving productivity and risk management. As an outcome of this the Group aims to reduce its
expense to income ratio to below 40%. In First Half 2018 the Group invested $638 million, with most spending
directed to growth and productivity initiatives. Major developments over the half have included:
Progress on the Group’s “customer service hub” that will be the centrepiece of customer origination and service
processes. The new system will go live for Westpac mortgages later this year;
Launching of “Presto Smart” in April 2018, a new integrated payments solution for business customers. The
solution links payments and point of sale systems to accelerate transaction processing and allow sales to be
completed anywhere instore;
Launching PayWear, a new wearable debit card that allows customers to make payments without a phone or
wallet;
Enhancing the Group’s infrastructure that further reduce cybersecurity risks; and
Improving the stability and efficiency of the Group’s technology infrastructure. The Group believes this has
contributed to low levels of severity one issues (those with a major customer impact). There was one severity
one incident in Australia in First Half 2018, compared to 19 recorded in Full Year 2016.
Targeted growth
Westpac seeks to grow value by targeting a small number of higher growth segments over the medium term.
Wealth and SME have continued to be the major areas of focus.
In Wealth, the Group’s franchise and investment has led to continuing funds management and administration flows
along with growth in insurance premiums. These trends have, however, been partially offset by a more cautious
approach from consumers and significant regulatory uncertainty. At the same time, funds margins have been
lower and insurance claims were higher. During First Half 2018, the Group:
Built its digital SME capability, leading to a 2% increase in SME lending over the half. In addition to Presto
Smart mentioned earlier, enhancements over the half have included:
- Enabling merchant terminals to accept new payment mechanisms, including Fitbit Pay;
- Extending our LOLA electronic loan origination platform to St.George bankers; and
- Introducing electronic documents to speed up processing times, making it easier for customers to connect
with Westpac digitally, as well as increasing the use of e-statements.
Improved the functionality of its Panorama wealth management platform, with a particular focus on the mobile
application and client reporting; and
Grew Australian Life insurance in-force premiums 19%, as the division began managing Group Insurance for
BTFG Corporate Super.
Workforce revolution
Successful achievement of the Group’s vision depends on the quality and engagement of our people. Westpac is
already regarded as a leader in staff engagement, diversity, and flexibility but recognises that there is more to do.
Recent highlights include:
All teller incentives now based 100% on customer advocacy;
Implemented a new performance management approach called “Motivate” across all employees. The new
system is centred on a “behaviours-first” approach and removes performance rankings;
Partnered with Australian Graduate School of Management (AGSM) to develop a range of senior leadership
programs. More than 1,400 employees have completed these programs with another 1,200 employees
enrolled;
Developing a learning culture with 80% of Westpac employees using Learning Bank with 50,000 materials
utilised in First Half 2018; and
Achieved the Group’s target of 50% of women in leadership positions.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 13
Restoring reputation
The First Half 2018 has continued to see the industry (including Westpac) under intense scrutiny including from
the Royal Commission into Financial Services.
Restoring the Group’s reputation has remained a focus and the Group has continued to implement a number of
programs aimed at improving trust. In particular, Westpac has largely completed the implementation of the
Australian Banking Association’s “Six point plan” with the Group waiting for finalisation of the industry Code of
Banking Practice to complete implementation. In 2017 the Group also commenced a broader program to reduce
complexity and resolve prior issues that have the potential to impact customers and the Group’s reputation. These
reviews have identified some previous instances where the Group has not met industry or community standards
and Westpac is taking action to put things right so that customers are not at a disadvantage from past practices.
Work on this program over the last 12 months included:
Progressing the review of products to reassess their features and how the Group had engaged with customers.
As part of these reviews, 150 changes were made including more than halving the number of consumer
products on offer;
Cutting transaction fees for 1.3 million customers, removing ATM fees, and introducing a new low rate credit
card; and
Continuing remediation of previous issues, paying out $39 million to customers from our 2017 provision for
customer refunds and payments.
Financial performance summary First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Cash earnings of $4,251 million were up 5% with core earnings up 5% while impairment charges rose 9%. The
result was supported by disciplined loan and deposit growth, improved margins and well managed expenses. This
half earnings growth benefited from the absence of a provision for customer refunds and payments, which reduced
cash earnings by $118 million in Second Half 2017. Partially offsetting this increase were costs associated with
the Royal Commission of $34 million ($24 million after tax) and the full period effect of the Bank Levy ($130 million
impact after tax in First Half 2018).
Net interest income rose 4% reflecting a 1% rise in average interest-earning assets and a 7 basis point increase in
margins. Margins excluding Treasury and Markets increased 3 basis points over the half, with higher deposit
spreads, increased rates on certain mortgage types (including investor lending and interest-only loans) and lower
funding costs early in the half. Margins in First Half 2018 were also impacted by the full period impact of the Bank
Levy, which reduced margins by 2 basis points.
Total loans grew 2%, with most of the rise due to an increase in Australian mortgage lending. Other areas of
growth included Australian business lending, which was 2% higher in SME and 2% higher in commercial. In New
Zealand, lending was up 2% (up 4% in $A terms) with growth spread evenly across business and mortgages.
Australian personal lending was lower over the half mostly reflecting lower demand. Deposits grew 3% over First
Half 2018, with customer deposits rising 3%. New Zealand customer deposits grew 6% in NZ$ (8% in A$).
Non-interest income was up 2% with higher business line fees, a rise in funds under administration and higher
markets income. The increase was also supported by the non-repeat of customer refunds and payments recorded
in Second Half 2017. These increases were partially offset by reductions in cards income, lower ATM fees, caps
placed on transaction account keeping fees, higher seasonal insurance claims and lower fees from Hastings.
Expenses increased 1%, with higher ongoing costs offset by $131 million of productivity savings. The increase in
expenses was mostly due to higher technology investment and increased regulatory and compliance costs,
including expenses associated with the Royal Commission.
Impairment charges were $33 million (or 9%) higher than Second Half 2017, with most of the increase due to
higher new collectively assessed provisions mostly related to the small rise in stressed assets. In aggregate,
mortgage 90+ day delinquencies were 3 basis points higher, consistent with normal seasonal trends, while
consumer unsecured 90+ day delinquencies were also seasonally higher, up 7 basis points.
The effective tax rate was 30.3% in First Half 2018.
Financial performance summary First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Cash earnings of $4,251 million was $234 million, or 6%, higher than First Half 2017. Core earnings grew 4% and
impairment charges were 20% lower. Core earnings growth included an 8% lift in net interest income, a 7%
decline in non-interest income and a 3% rise in expenses.
The rise in net interest income reflected a 3% increase in average interest-earning assets and a 10 basis point rise
in net interest margin. Margins excluding Treasury and Markets were 9 basis points higher mostly due to higher
spreads on mortgages and lower funding costs. These increases were partially offset by the introduction of the
Bank Levy from July 2017.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
14 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Lending increased 5%, with Australian mortgages the largest contributor, growing 6%. Australian business
lending increased 3% compared to the prior corresponding period with growth across SME and commercial
lending. Lending in New Zealand increased 3% in NZ$ (up 6% in A$). Customer deposits rose 5% compared to
the prior corresponding period, with 6% growth in Australian transaction accounts and an 8% lift in New Zealand
customer deposits in NZ$ (up 11% in A$).
Non-interest income was down $218 million compared to the prior corresponding period (down 7%) mostly from
lower markets related income and a decline in banking fee income. The reduction in banking fees was due to
lower credit card interchange fees, the elimination of certain ATM fees and capping account-keeping fees.
Business as usual expense increases continued to be offset by productivity savings, with the 3% rise in overall
expenses due to higher investment-related spending and an increase in regulatory and compliance costs,
including costs related to the Royal Commission. Salaries and staff expenses were 3% higher reflecting annual
salary increases, while occupancy costs were flat with savings from the restructuring of the network offsetting
rental increases. Technology expenses also increased (up 5%) mostly from higher software amortisation,
software maintenance and licensing costs from the Group’s investment programs.
Overall credit quality remains sound with total stressed assets to TCE down 5 basis points to 1.09% at 31 March
2018. This mostly reflects the write-off of some larger impaired facilities and the reduction in stress in the New
Zealand dairy portfolio. Impairment charges were $100 million lower, consistent with the improvement in credit
quality and the absence of any new large impaired assets.
Divisional performance summary
The performance of each division based on performance in First Half 2018 compared to Second Half 2017 is
discussed below.
Consumer Bank
Consumer Bank (CB) has continued to be a key driver of the Group’s growth, lifting cash earnings by 6%.
Disciplined balance sheet growth, flat operating expenses and a $60 million reduction in impairment charges were
the key drivers of performance. Net interest income increased from a 2% rise in mortgages, a 1% increase in
deposits and a 1 basis point improvement in margins. Margins benefited from lower funding costs, including
improved spreads on term deposits, and prior period loan repricing although this was partly offset by the full period
impact of the Bank Levy and from customers switching to lower rate loans. Non-interest income was lower, mostly
due to the elimination and reduction of certain transaction and account keeping fees and lower credit card
interchange fees. This was partly offset by the non-repeat of customer refunds and payments that occurred in
Second Half 2017. Expenses were little changed (up $3 million) as the division continues to transform itself via
digital while enhancing service. More customers migrating to digital channels has supported a 4% decrease in
branch transactions and a reduction of 21 branches in the last six months. The reduction in impairment charges
reflects the lower seasonal unsecured personal lending write-offs.
Business Bank
Business Bank (BB) delivered a 3% increase in cash earnings. Lending increased 2% with SME business lending
up 2%, and commercial lending increasing 2%. Deposits rose 1% over the half, mostly in term deposits. The net
interest margin was up 4 basis points, from repricing on certain mortgages in Second Half 2017 and improved term
deposit spreads partially offset by the full period impact of the Bank Levy. Non-interest income was up 1% with
higher business line fees. Expenses were 1% higher, mostly from higher investment related costs, and regulatory
and compliance costs. Credit quality has been sound, although stressed assets to TCE were up 35 basis points,
mostly due to commercial customers moving into the watchlist category. Impairment charges decreased $6 million
from lower impaired downgrades in the commercial portfolio.
BT Financial Group (Australia)
BTFG lifted cash earnings 13% with higher funds, an increase in life insurance premiums and a stronger
contribution from Private Wealth. Growth was also supported by provisions for customer refunds and payments
raised in the Second Half 2017 that were not repeated. Partially offsetting these gains were lower advice income
and seasonally higher general insurance claims. Superannuation balances and platform funds were both up 3%
while packaged funds increased 4%. Growth was supported by stronger investment markets and $2.6 billion of net
flows onto Panorama. Fund margins were lower including from the migration of customers into MySuper accounts
which has now been completed. Expenses were well managed, down 1%. The decline was consistent with
normal seasonal patterns (higher costs are incurred around the end of the June financial year) and continued
productivity gains. Investment spending was a little higher including from the launch of the new super product, “BT
Super Invest”. Regulatory and compliance costs were little changed but remain elevated.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 15
Westpac Institutional Bank
Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivered a 4% lift in cash earnings to $551 million. The $21 million rise was due
to a 1% rise in core earnings and a $9 million benefit from impairment charges. Supporting core earnings, lending
increased by 3% and deposits were 7% higher while markets related income also increased. These gains were
partially offset by lower net interest margins and a reduction in Hastings fees. While investing more, particularly in
payments, expenses were lower from the full period impact of productivity initiatives. Continuing good credit quality
and the workout of further impaired assets led to another impairment benefit in First Half 2018.
Westpac New Zealand
Westpac New Zealand delivered cash earnings of NZ$482 million, down 5%, compared to the prior half. The
business generated 3% core earnings growth although this was more than offset by a small impairment charge
which followed a NZ$40 million impairment benefit in the Second Half 2017. A 3% lift in net interest income was
the main driver of core earnings growth with lending up 2%, deposits rising 5% and margins increasing 6 basis
points. The rise in margins followed some repricing of mortgage and business lending and improved deposit
spreads. Expenses were 1% lower as the benefits from the division’s transformation program flowed through.
The program has led to a reduction in the size of the branch network and increased self-serve via digital channels.
Impairment charges increased NZ$67 million over the half, as Second Half 2017 benefited from the improvement
in the dairy industry and from the increase in consumer delinquencies in First Half 2018.
Group Businesses
The Group Businesses delivered cash earnings of $58 million in First Half 2018, up $50 million on the prior half.
The increase was due to a higher Treasury contribution (from interest rate risk management) partially offset by
higher expenses and an increased impairment charge. Higher expenses were mainly due to increased investment
and a rise in regulatory and compliance costs, including expenses associated with the Royal Commission and
higher employee costs. The impairment charge in Group Businesses was mostly related to movements in centrally
held impairment overlays. The impairment charge was $13 million in First Half 2018 compared to a $32 million
benefit in Second Half 2017 – a $45 million turnaround.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
16 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Divisional cash earnings summary
Half Year March 18
BT Financial Westpac Westpac
Consumer Business Group Institutional New Zealand
1
Group
$m Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 4,040 2,021 285 675 843 437
8,301
Non-interest income 377 589 898 749 224 13
2,850
Net operating income 4,417 2,610 1,183 1,424 1,067 450
11,151
Operating expenses (1,730) (930) (601) (675) (429) (289)
(4,654)
Core earnings 2,687 1,680 582 749 638 161
6,497
Impairment (charges) / benefits (233) (137) (3) 17 (24) (13)
(393)
Operating profit before income tax 2,454 1,543 579 766 614 148
6,104
Income tax expense (737) (463) (175) (212) (173) (91)
(1,851)
Net profit 1,717 1,080 404 554 441 57
4,253
Non-controlling interests - - - (3) - 1
(2)
Cash earnings 1,717 1,080 404 551 441 58
4,251
Half Year Sept 17
2
BT Financial Westpac Westpac
Consumer Business Group Institutional New Zealand
1
Group
$m Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 3,961 1,975 274 672 838 291
8,011
Non-interest income 380 584 850 749 235 (14)
2,784
Net operating income 4,341 2,559 1,124 1,421 1,073 277
10,795
Operating expenses (1,727) (921) (610) (680) (442) (224)
(4,604)
Core earnings 2,614 1,638 514 741 631 53
6,191
Impairment (charges) / benefits (293) (143) (1) 8 37 32
(360)
Operating profit before income tax 2,321 1,495 513 749 668 85
5,831
Income tax expense (697) (450) (156) (216) (187) (78)
(1,784)
Net profit 1,624 1,045 357 533 481 7
4,047
Non-controlling interests - - - (3) - 1
(2)
Cash earnings 1,624 1,045 357 530 481 8
4,045
Mov't Mar 18 - Sept 17
BT Financial Westpac Westpac
Consumer Business Group Institutional New Zealand
1
Group
% Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 2% 2% 4% - 1% 50%
4%
Non-interest income (1%) 1% 6% - (5%) large
2%
Net operating income 2% 2% 5% - (1%) 62%
3%
Operating expenses - 1% (1%) (1%) (3%) 29%
1%
Core earnings
3% 3% 13% 1% 1% large
5%
Impairment (charges) / benefits (20%) (4%) 200% 113% large large
9%
Operating profit before income tax
6% 3% 13% 2% (8%) 74%
5%
Income tax expense 6% 3% 12% (2%) (7%) 17%
4%
Net profit
6% 3% 13% 4% (8%) large
5%
Non-controlling interests - - - - - -
-
Cash earnings
6% 3% 13% 4% (8%) large
5%
1
Refer to Section 3.5 for the Westpac New Zealand NZ$ divisional result.
2
Divisional comparatives have been restated.
Movement in core earnings by division ($m)
First Half 2018 –Second Half 2017
108
7
8
68
42
73
+306
First Half 2018
core earnings
6,497
Group
Businesses
Westpac
New Zealand
(A$)
WIBBTFGBusiness
Bank
Consumer
Bank
Second Half
2017 core
earnings
6,191
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 17
Divisional cash earnings summary (continued)
Half Year March 18
BT Financial Westpac Westpac
Consumer Business Group Institutional New Zealand
1
Group
$m Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 4,040 2,021 285 675 843 437
8,301
Non-interest income 377 589 898 749 224 13
2,850
Net operating income 4,417 2,610 1,183 1,424 1,067 450
11,151
Operating expenses (1,730) (930) (601) (675) (429) (289)
(4,654)
Core earnings 2,687 1,680 582 749 638 161
6,497
Impairment (charges) / benefits (233) (137) (3) 17 (24) (13)
(393)
Operating profit before income tax 2,454 1,543 579 766 614 148
6,104
Income tax expense (737) (463) (175) (212) (173) (91)
(1,851)
Net profit 1,717 1,080 404 554 441 57
4,253
Non-controlling interests - - - (3) - 1
(2)
Cash earnings 1,717 1,080 404 551 441 58
4,251
Half Year March 17
2
BT Financial Westpac Westpac
Consumer Business Group Institutional New Zealand
1
Group
$m Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 3,677 1,910 237 656 791 422
7,693
Non-interest income 433 557 894 958 245 (19)
3,068
Net operating income 4,110 2,467 1,131 1,614 1,036 403
10,761
Operating expenses (1,651) (897) (589) (671) (461) (232)
(4,501)
Core earnings 2,459 1,570 542 943 575 171
6,260
Impairment (charges) / benefits (272) (200) (3) (64) 35 11
(493)
Operating profit before income tax 2,187 1,370 539 879 610 182
5,767
Income tax expense (656) (412) (160) (246) (174) (97)
(1,745)
Net profit 1,531 958 379 633 436 85
4,022
Non-controlling interests - - - (4) - (1)
(5)
Cash earnings 1,531 958 379 629 436 84
4,017
Mov't Mar 18 - Mar 17
BT Financial Westpac Westpac
Consumer Business Group Institutional New Zealand
1
Group
% Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 10% 6% 20% 3% 7% 4%
8%
Non-interest income (13%) 6% - (22%) (9%) large
(7%)
Net operating income 7% 6% 5% (12%) 3% 12%
4%
Operating expenses 5% 4% 2% 1% (7%) 25%
3%
Core earnings
9% 7% 7% (21%) 11% (6%)
4%
Impairment (charges) / benefits (14%) (32%) - large large large
(20%)
Operating profit before income tax
12% 13% 7% (13%) 1% (19%)
6%
Income tax expense 12% 12% 9% (14%) (1%) (6%)
6%
Net profit
12% 13% 7% (12%) 1% (33%)
6%
Non-controlling interests - - - (25%) - large
(60%)
Cash earnings
12% 13% 7% (12%) 1% (31%)
6%
1
Refer to Section 3.5 for the Westpac New Zealand NZ$ divisional result.
2
Divisional comparatives have been restated.
Movement in core earnings by division ($m)
First Half 2018 –First Half 2017
40
63
110
228
Business
Bank
WIB
(194)
BTFG
(10)
Group
Businesses
6,497
+237
First Half 2018
core earnings
Westpac
New Zealand
(A$)
Consumer
Bank
First Half 2017
core earnings
6,260
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
18 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
2.2 Review of earnings
2.2.1 Net interest income
1
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year
2
Half Year
2
Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income
Net interest income excluding Treasury & Markets 7,842 7,698 7,283 2 8
Treasury net interest income
3
396 266 386 49 3
Markets net interest income 63 47 24 34 163
Net interest income 8,301 8,011 7,693 4 8
Average interest-earning assets
Loans 651,943 640,339 627,267 2 4
Third party liquid assets
4
93,357 96,262 93,798 (3) -
Other interest-earning assets 21,711 23,163 23,718 (6) (8)
Average interest-earning assets 767,011 759,764 744,783 1 3
Net interest margin
Group net interest margin 2.17% 2.10% 2.07% 7bps 10bps
Group net interest margin excluding Treasury & Markets
5
2.05% 2.02% 1.96% 3bps 9bps
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Net interest income increased $290 million or 4% compared to Second Half 2017. Key features include:
A 2% increase in average interest-earning loans largely from Australian housing, which grew 2%;
Group net interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets increased 3 basis points, primarily from increased
spreads on certain mortgage types (including investor lending and loans with an interest only feature) partly
offset by the full period impact of the Bank Levy (2 basis points). While funding costs were lower across
deposits and wholesale funding for the half, both short and long term funding costs increased towards the end
of the half; and
In aggregate, Treasury and Markets net interest income increased $146 million, mostly from Treasury interest
rate risk management.
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Net interest income increased $608 million or 8% compared to First Half 2017. Key features include:
A 4% growth in average interest-earning loans, primarily from Australian housing, which grew 5%;
Group net interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets increased 9 basis points. The full period impact of
pricing changes for certain Australian and New Zealand mortgages, including investor lending and interest only
loans, and lower funding costs were partly offset by the introduction of the Bank Levy from July 2017; and
In aggregate, the contribution from Treasury and Markets was up $49 million or 12%, mostly from higher fixed
income revenue in WIB Markets.
1
Refer to Section 4, Note 3 for reported results breakdown. Refer to Section 5, Note 3 for cash earnings results breakdown. As
discussed in Section 1.3, commentary is reflected on a cash earnings basis.
2
Net interest income excluding Treasury and Markets, Treasury net interest income and Group net interest margin excluding Treasury
and Markets have been restated for changes in the allocation of revenue from balance sheet management activities.
3
Treasury net interest income excludes capital benefit.
4
Refer Glossary for definition.
5
Calculated by dividing net interest income excluding Treasury and Markets by total average interest earning assets.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 19
2.2.2 Loans
1
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Australia 610,397 599,162 583,546
2 5
Housing 437,239 427,167 413,938 2 6
Personal (loans and cards) 21,789 21,952 22,716 (1) (4)
Business 151,904 150,542 147,705 1 3
Other
2
1,963 1,985 2,033 (1) (3)
Provisions (2,498) (2,484) (2,846) 1 (12)
New Zealand (A$) 74,687 71,484 70,350
4 6
New Zealand (NZ$) 79,557 77,680 76,948 2 3
Housing 47,907 46,943 46,245 2 4
Personal (loans and cards) 2,047 2,017 1,977 1 4
Business 29,898 28,979 29,034 3 3
Other 81 92 90 (12) (10)
Provisions (376) (351) (398) 7 (6)
Other overseas 16,309 14,273 13,050
14 25
Trade finance 3,942 2,818 2,281 40 73
Other loans 12,429 11,515 10,821 8 15
Provisions (62) (60) (52) 3 19
Total loans 701,393 684,919 666,946
2 5
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Total loans increased $16.5 billion or 2% compared to Second Half 2017. Excluding foreign currency translation
impacts, total loans increased $14.6 billion or 2%.
Key features of total loan growth were:
Australian housing loans increased $10.1 billion or 2% which was slightly below system
3
growth. Owner
occupied housing balances grew 3% and comprised 56% of the portfolio. Investor loans grew 1% and
comprised 39% of the portfolio. The Group continued to manage interest only growth below the macro-
prudential limit of 30% of new flows, with new interest only facilities representing 23% of new mortgage limits
for the half. Interest only loans comprised 40% of the portfolio (30 September 2017: 46%, 31 March 2017:
50%);
Australian business loans increased $1.4 billion or 1%, primarily from a 2% increase in Business Bank with
growth across SME, property, entertainment and construction;
New Zealand loans increased NZ$1.9 billion or 2%, due to growth in housing (2%), mostly in fixed rate
products to owner occupiers and in business loans across a broad range of industries; and
Other overseas lending increased $2.0 billion or 14%, across financing and trade financing in Asia.
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Total loans increased $34.4 billion or 5% compared to First Half 2017. Excluding foreign currency translation
impacts, total loans increased $32.5 billion or 5%.
Key features of total loan growth were:
Australian housing loans increased $23.3 billion or 6% (slightly below system
3
). Owner occupier loans
increased 7% compared to the prior corresponding period, while investor property lending grew 5% (below the
10% regulatory cap);
Australian personal loans and cards decreased $0.9 billion or 4%, primarily in auto finance and credit cards;
Australian business loans increased $4.2 billion or 3%, with 4% growth in Business Bank broadly based
across areas including SME, property, professional services and agriculture. Institutional lending grew 1%,
mostly from increased utilisation of existing securitisation warehouse facilities;
New Zealand lending increased NZ$2.6 billion or 3%. Housing grew 4% mostly in fixed rate, whilst business
lending increased 3% supported by growth in agriculture. Institutional balances were lower; and
Other overseas lending increased $3.3 billion or 25%, across financing and trade financing in Asia.
1
Spot loan balances.
2
Includes margin lending.
3
Source: RBA March 2018.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
20 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
2.2.3 Deposits and other borrowings
1
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Customer deposits
Australia 429,852 420,841 414,706
2 4
At call
2
227,021 224,268 217,492 1 4
Term
2
161,864 156,249 157,730 4 3
Non-interest bearing 40,967 40,324 39,484 2 4
New Zealand (A$) 57,856 53,746 51,942
8 11
New Zealand (NZ$) 61,628 58,405 56,812 6 8
At call 24,164 23,117 23,894 5 1
Term 31,595 30,014 27,837 5 14
Non-interest bearing 5,869 5,274 5,081 11 16
Other overseas (A$) 14,355 12,083 12,012
19 20
Total customer deposits 502,063 486,670 478,660
3 5
Certificates of deposit 45,673 46,921 43,853
(3) 4
Australia 30,387 37,515 31,011 (19) (2)
New Zealand (A$) 521 546 1,478 (5) (65)
Other overseas (A$) 14,765 8,860 11,364 67 30
Total deposits and other borrowings 547,736 533,591 522,513
3 5
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Total customer deposits increased $15.4 billion or 3% compared to Second Half 2017. Excluding foreign currency
translation impacts, customer deposits increased $13.4 billion or 3%.
Key features of total customer deposits growth were:
A $9.0 billion or 2% increase in Australia, with growth in WIB and household deposits, particularly term
deposits (up 4%);
New Zealand customer deposits increased NZ$3.2 billion or 6%, with at-call and term deposits both up 5%,
and an 11% increase from non-interest bearing deposits from growth in consumer and business transaction
accounts. Deposit growth more than fully funded loan growth in the half; and
Other overseas deposits increased $2.3 billion or 19% due to growth in Asian deposits.
Certificates of deposits decreased $1.2 billion or 3%, reflecting less new funding in this form. The reduction in
Australian issuance was partly offset by higher issuance overseas, particularly in the United States.
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Total customer deposits increased $23.4 billion or 5% compared to First Half 2017. Excluding foreign currency
translation impacts, customer deposits increased $21.6 billion or 5%.
Key features of total customer deposits growth were:
Australian customer deposits increased $15.1 billion or 4%, with above system
3
growth in household deposits
and at system
3
growth in non-financial corporation segments primarily due to growth in at-call deposits;
New Zealand customer deposits increased NZ$4.8 billion or 8%, with the increase fully funding loan growth.
Term deposits grew 14% particularly across household and institutional segments, as the business focused
on higher quality deposits and customer preference for higher rate products; and
Other overseas deposits increased $2.3 billion or 20% due to growth in deposits across Asia.
Certificates of deposits increased $1.8 billion or 4%, from higher short-term funding in this form.
1
Spot deposit balances.
2
Comparatives have been restated.
3
Source: APRA.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 21
2.2.4 Net interest margin
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Group net interest margin of 2.17% increased 7 basis points from Second Half 2017. Key features include:
2 basis points increase from loan spreads primarily from pricing changes to certain Australian mortgage types
in the prior half (including investor lending and loans with an interest only feature) and higher New Zealand
mortgage spreads. These were partly offset by customer switching from interest only to principal and interest
loans (1 basis point) and competition across all loan markets;
1 basis point increase from customer deposit spreads primarily from term deposits, partly offset by the impact
of lower rates on the hedging of transaction deposits;
1 basis point increase from term wholesale funding, as pricing for new term senior issuance was lower than
maturing deals;
2 basis points decrease from the full period impact of the Bank Levy, which was introduced on 1 July 2017
($186 million; based on $626 billion of applicable liabilities);
Capital and other was unchanged as the impact of lower interest rates was offset by the positive effect of
higher capital balances;
1 basis point increase from liquidity reflecting lower holdings of third party liquid assets. The 1 basis point
included the increase in the CLF fee following a $8 billion increase to the CLF from 1 January 2018; and
4 basis points increase from Treasury and Markets, due to increased Treasury revenue from interest rate risk
management, including management of short term basis risk.
1
Group net interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets has been restated for changes in the allocation of revenue from balance
sheet management activities.
2.17%
1bps
Term
wholesale
funding
Customer
deposits
1bps
Loans
2bps
Second
Half 2017
2.10%
2.02%
(2bps)
4bps
Treasury
& Markets
1bps
2.05%
Group margin up 7bps
Capital
& other
0bps
Bank LevyLiquidityFirst Half
2018
Excluding Treasury and
Markets up 3bps
Group net interest margin movement (%)
First Half 2018–Second Half 2017
1
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
22 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Group net interest margin was 2.17%, an increase of 10 basis points from First Half 2017. Key features include:
9 basis points increase from loan spreads. This reflected the full period impact of pricing changes for certain
Australian mortgages, including interest only loans and investor lending, along with higher spreads on New
Zealand mortgages. These gains were partly offset by the impact of customer switching from interest only to
principal and interest loans and competition across all loan markets;
1 basis point increase from customer deposit spreads, mostly from term deposit repricing, partly offset by the
impact of lower interest rates on the hedging of transaction deposits;
3 basis points increase from term wholesale funding, as pricing for new term senior issuance was lower than
maturing deals;
5 basis points decrease from the introduction of the Bank Levy;
Capital and other was little changed as the impact of lower interest rates was offset by the positive impact from
higher capital balances;
1 basis point increase from liquidity primarily due to decreased holdings of third party liquid assets; and
1 basis point increase from Treasury and Markets.
1
Group net interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets has been restated for changes in the allocation of revenue from balance
sheet management activities..
Term
wholesale
funding
2.05%
0bps
2.17%
First Half
2018
Group margin up 10bps
1bps
Liquidity
1bps
Capital
& other
Treasury
& Markets
Bank Levy
(5bps)
3bps
Customer
deposits
1bps
Loans
9bps
First Half
2017
2.07%
1.96%
Excluding Treasury and
Markets up 9bps
Group net interest margin movement (%)
First Half 2018–First Half 2017
1
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 23
2.2.5 Non-interest income
1
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Fees and commissions 1,348 1,329 1,426 1 (5)
Wealth management and insurance income 929 924 886 1 5
Trading income 507 504 713 1 (29)
Other income 66 27 43 144 53
Non-interest income 2,850 2,784 3,068
2 (7)
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Non-interest income increased $66 million or 2% compared to Second Half 2017. Excluding the impact of
provisions for customer refunds and payments of $111 million raised in Second Half 2017 that were not repeated,
non-interest income was $45 million or 2% lower. The 2% decline reflected seasonally higher insurance claims,
impacts from regulatory changes to card interchange rates, and pricing changes to transaction accounts and ATM
withdrawal fees.
Fees and commissions
Fees and commissions increased $19 million or 1% compared to Second Half 2017 from:
Provisions for customer refunds and payments raised in the prior half of $55 million were not repeated; and
Higher business lending fees (up $11 million) primarily driven by portfolio growth and pricing changes for
facilities including unused limits; partly offset by
Lower revenue from changes to transaction fees and the removal of ATM withdrawal fees effective from
October 2017 ($17 million);
Reduced credit card income ($15 million) from the full period impact of regulatory changes to Australian
interchange rates from 1 July 2017; and
Lower corporate and institutional lending fees ($6 million) from a reduction in unused customer limits.
Wealth management and insurance income
Wealth management and insurance income was little changed in the half (up $5 million), due to:
Provisions for customer refunds and payments raised in Second Half 2017 relating to wealth products of $56
million were not repeated; and
Contribution from investments in boutique funds up $33 million; partly offset by
Lower insurance income ($43 million) from:
- A reduction in general insurance income (down $39 million) from seasonally higher claims, partly offset by
3% higher net earned premiums;
- Lenders Mortgage Insurance (LMI) contribution was $3 million lower, primarily from a reduction in loans
written at higher LVR bands; and
- Life insurance income was little changed, with higher claims offset by an increase in in-force premiums. The
rise in premiums was principally due to BTFG commencing the management of Group Insurance for BTFG
Corporate Super.
Hastings contribution reduced by $32 million, due to lower performance fees that are normally recognised in
the second half of the year and a decrease in funds;
Platforms and Superannuation income was $11 million lower, with a reduction in member levies and the impact
of margin compression from competition, partly offset by the benefit of higher asset markets. (Refer to Section
2.2.6 for further information on Group Funds balance movements).
Trading income
Trading income was little changed in the half (up $3 million). Refer to Section 2.2.7 for further detail on Markets
related income.
Other income
Other income increased $39 million compared to Second Half 2017, mostly reflecting the impact from hedging
New Zealand earnings.
1
Refer to Section 4, Note 4 for reported results breakdown. Refer to Section 5, Note 4 for cash earnings results breakdown. As
discussed in Section 1.3, commentary is on a cash earnings basis.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
24 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Non-interest income decreased $218 million or 7% primarily from a $206 million reduction to trading income
following a strong First Half 2017 and lower credit card income largely due to the full period impact from regulatory
changes to Australian interchange rates.
Fees and commissions
Fees and commissions decreased $78 million or 5% compared to First Half 2017, with:
Credit card income down $53 million from the full period impact of regulatory changes to Australian interchange
rates from 1 July 2017 and higher rewards costs;
Lower revenue from payments, changes to transaction fees and the removal of ATM withdrawal fees
($29 million); and
Corporate and institutional lending fees decreased $12 million, with First Half 2017 supported by a number of
large customer transactions; partly offset by
Business lending fees up $18 million primarily driven by portfolio growth and the full period impact of pricing
changes for facilities including unused limits.
Wealth management and insurance income
Wealth management and insurance income increased $43 million or 5% over the year reflecting:
Insurance income $33 million higher from:
- Increase in general insurance income (up $34 million) from lower claims, with First Half 2017 impacted by
claims related to Cyclone Debbie, and a $6 million or 3% increase in net earned premiums; and
- Life insurance income was $11 million higher from a 24% increase to in-force premiums, primarily due to
BTFG commencing the management of Group Insurance for BTFG Corporate Super, along with a higher
contribution from New Zealand. This was partly offset by a rise in claims; and
- Lower LMI contribution ($12 million) primarily from less need for LMI as new loans written at higher LVR
bands have reduced.
Increased revenue from investments in boutique funds ($9 million).
Total Group funds income was little changed with the impact of margin compression from the transfer of legacy
products to lower fee ‘MySuper’ products and a reduction in member levies. This was partly offset by the
benefit of higher asset markets. Refer to Section 2.2.6 for further information on Group funds balance
movements.
Trading income
Trading income decreased $206 million or 29% compared to First Half 2017. The majority of the reduction was
due to lower risk income and customer activity in WIB markets. Refer to Section 2.2.7 for further detail on Markets
related income.
Other income
Other income increased $23 million over the half, reflecting the impact of hedging New Zealand earnings, partly
offset by a lower share of associates profit following the partial sale of shares in BTIM in Second Half 2017.
2.2.6 Group funds
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$bn 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Superannuation 37.4 36.2 35.8 3 4
Platforms 118.6 115.3 113.3 3 5
Packaged Funds 38.0 36.4 38.4 4 (1)
Other 3.7 3.5 4.0 6 (8)
Westpac Institutional Bank 6.6 12.5 11.3 (47) (42)
New Zealand (A$) 9.7 9.3 8.9 4 9
Total Group funds 214.0 213.2 211.7
- 1
Average funds for the Group
1
217.3 213.9 203.2
2 7
1
Averages are based on a six month period.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 25
2.2.7 Markets related income
1
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income 63 47 24 34 163
Non-interest income 547 488 724 12 (24)
Total Markets income 610 535 748
14 (18)
Customer income 448 436 482 3 (7)
Non-customer income 162 72 247 125 (34)
Derivative valuation adjustments - 27 19 (100) (100)
Total Markets income 610 535 748
14 (18)
Markets income comprises sales and risk management revenue derived from the creation, pricing and distribution
of risk management products to the Group’s consumer, business, corporate and institutional customers. Dedicated
relationship specialists provide product solutions to these customers to help manage their interest rate, foreign
exchange, commodity, credit and structured products risk exposures.
First Half 2018 - Second Half 2017
Total markets income increased $75 million or 14% compared to Second Half 2017 across both customer and
non-customer income.
Customer income increased 3%, driven by higher fixed income sales.
Non-customer income increased 125% compared to Second Half 2017, primarily due to higher foreign exchange
and commodities risk management income.
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Total markets income decreased $138 million or 18% compared to the First Half 2017, primarily due to lower non-
customer income.
Customer income decreased 7% compared to First Half 2017 mainly driven by lower fixed income sales.
Non-customer income decreased $85 million or 34% compared to First Half 2017, due to lower fixed income risk
management income in First Half 2018.
Markets Value at Risk (VaR)
2
$m
Average
High Low
Six months ended 31 March 2018 9.0 19.9 3.8
Six months ended 30 September 2017 11.2 16.0 7.6
Six months ended 31 March 2017 9.4 13.1 6.5
The Components of Markets VaR are as follows:
Average
Half Year Half Year Half Year
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17
Interest rate risk 2.7 3.0 3.7
Foreign exchange risk 1.5 1.5 2.3
Equity risk 0.1 0.1 0.1
Commodity risk
3
6.4 8.1 5.0
Credit and other market risks
4
2.6 3.4 3.6
Diversification benefit (4.3) (4.9) (5.3)
Net market risk 9.0 11.2 9.4
1
Markets income includes WIB Markets, Business Bank, Consumer Bank, BTFG and Westpac New Zealand markets.
2
The daily VaR presented above reflects a WIB divisional view of VaR. It varies from presentations of VaR in Westpac’s 2017 Annual
Report and Australian Prudential Standard (APS) 330 Prudential Disclosure under Basel III where market risk disclosures are
segregated into trading and banking book. VaR measures the potential for loss using a history of price volatility.
3
Includes electricity risk.
4
Includes pre-payment risk and credit spread risk (exposures to generic credit rating bonds).
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
26 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
2.2.8 Operating expenses
1
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Staff expenses (2,398) (2,340) (2,326) 2 3
Occupancy expenses (475) (485) (477) (2) -
Technology expenses (1,042) (1,019) (989) 2 5
Other expenses (739) (760) (709) (3) 4
Total operating expenses (4,654) (4,604) (4,501)
1 3
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Operating expenses increased $50 million or 1% in the half primarily due to regulatory and compliance costs
including the Royal Commission of $34 million and the Group’s investment programs ($22 million). Operating cost
growth was offset by productivity savings of $131 million.
Staff expenses were up $58 million or 2% due to annual salary increases effective from January 2018 and higher
FTE for compliance related activities and the Group’s investment programs. In addition, the Group’s investment
programs had a higher proportion of spend on staff expenses relative to non-staff expenses.
Occupancy expenses reduced $10 million or 2%, with the full period benefit of retail property consolidation partly
offset by rental increases. Branch numbers across the Group were 27 lower over the half.
Technology expenses increased $23 million or 2% compared to Second Half 2017, largely from the impact of the
Group’s investment programs. Higher technology services costs (up $42 million) and software maintenance and
licensing costs (up $17 million) were driven by programs including the customer service hub, Panorama and
enhancements to the Group’s technology infrastructure. Amortisation of software assets and depreciation of IT
equipment, in aggregate, were $19 million lower as investments across data centres, branch teller system
upgrades and components of Westpac Live were fully amortised or depreciated. Software impairments were also
lower this half (down $9 million).
Other expenses decreased $21 million or 3% over the half, primarily reflecting lower professional and processing
services costs, including the completion of the first phase of the New Zealand transformation program. Postage
and stationery costs were also lower as customers continue to migrate to electronic statements. This was partly
offset by costs associated with the Royal Commission, higher marketing spend and partial writedown of Hastings’
goodwill ($15 million).
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Operating expenses increased $153 million or 3% compared to First Half 2017 due to higher regulatory and
compliance related costs ($83 million) and investment related spending ($79 million). Productivity benefits of $275
million more than offset growth in operating costs.
Staff expenses increased $72 million or 3% compared to the prior corresponding period reflecting annual salary
increases and additional FTE to support compliance related activity and the Group’s investment programs. This
was partly offset by decreased restructuring costs and lower share based payments.
Occupancy expenses were down $2 million, with benefits of retail property consolidation mostly offset by rental
expense increases across corporate sites. Branch numbers across the Group were 41 lower compared to the prior
corresponding period.
Technology expenses increased $53 million or 5% compared to First Half 2017, largely reflecting the impact of
the Group’s investment programs. This included a $40 million increase in software maintenance and licensing
costs for the customer service hub, Panorama and New Payments Platform. Telecommunication costs were up
$18 million from enhancements to the telephony infrastructure of the Group’s customer contact centres.
Other expenses were $30 million or 4% higher during the year due to increased professional services costs
primarily related to costs associated with the Royal Commission, higher marketing spend and partial writedown of
Hastings’ goodwill. This was partly offset by a $14 million decrease in credit card loyalty program costs from
changes to reward programs and a $13 million reduction in postage and stationery costs with increased customer
migration to electronic statements.
1
Refer to Section 4, Note 5 for reported results breakdown. Refer to Section 5, Note 5 for cash earnings breakdown. As discussed in
Section 1.3, commentary is on a cash earnings basis.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 27
Full Time Equivalent (FTE) employees
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
Number of FTE 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Permanent employees 32,033 32,044 31,994 - -
Temporary employees 3,687 3,052 3,296 21 12
FTE 35,720 35,096 35,290
2 1
Average FTE
1
35,446 35,216 35,132
1 1
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
FTE was up 624 or 2% in the half, driven by an increase in employees related to regulatory and compliance
activities and the Group’s investment programs across both permanent and temporary employees. This was partly
offset by productivity initiatives, including simplifying the organisation and digitising manual processes across
operations and the branch network.
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
FTE increased 430 or 1% compared to the prior corresponding period, with additional employees directed to
regulatory and compliance related activities and the Group’s investment programs. These increases were partly
offset by productivity initiatives across the Group.
Investment spend
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Expensed 251 243 236 3 6
Capitalised software and fixed assets 387 433 344 (11) 13
Total 638 676 580
(6) 10
Growth and productivity 391 417 375 (6) 4
Regulatory change 163 182 143 (10) 14
Other technology 84 77 62 9 35
Total 638 676 580
(6) 10
The Group invested $638 million in First Half 2018, of which 61% was spent on growth and productivity initiatives,
26% on regulatory change and 13% on other technology programs.
The lower investment spend in First Half 2018 compared to Second Half 2017 was principally due to the
completion of some transformation and productivity initiatives. Other technology costs were higher associated with
accelerating system refreshes. Of the $638 million investment in First Half 2018, 39% was expensed while 61%
was capitalised. Investment spend also tends to be a little lower in the first half of the financial year.
Compared to the prior corresponding period investment spend rose 10% including increasing investment in the
customer service hub and the New Payments Platform. Regulatory change investment was also higher including
additional spend on systems supporting the introduction of AASB 9 and new regulatory reporting.
Across the major investment categories the following progress was achieved in First Half 2018:
Growth and productivity
The customer service hub is a major Group program seeking to implement a one bank, multi-brand operating
system creating greater efficiencies and more agile environment. The system will support a single and
complete view of the customer, and it will enable continuous customer conversations across various channels.
The system is beginning with home ownership, creating an ability to process all elements of a home loan,
including offset accounts and insurance needs. This will ultimately be broadened across other product sets.
The program foundation was released in August 2017 enabling mortgages to be originated on the system.
Since then the focus has been on building out capability and improving the experience for customers and
bankers. By the end of 2018, new Westpac mortgage customers will be originated on the system;
Westpac commenced the progressive roll out of 24/7 real time payments on the New Payments Platform.
Beginning with a small group of customers, the capability will be extended through 2018;
1
Averages are based on a six month period.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
28 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
New banking and payments features released to customers include:
- PayWear, a wearable, waterproof payments device providing a hands free way to pay without needing to
carry a wallet or a phone;
- Enabling Westpac customers to access their banking via Amazon's virtual assistant Alexa; and
- Rolling out iMessage which allows customers to make payments, get a cardless cash code and share BSB
and account details, with those in their contacts list, while texting on their iPhone.
Digital enhancements for customers have included:
- Enabling St.George unsecured finance customers to more quickly register for online banking;
- Supporting customers to complete their digital applications for deposits, credit cards and personal loan
applications using email and SMS messages; and
- Simplifying the process for customers to move to electronic statements and correspondence. Almost 800,000
St.George customers have elected to be contacted electronically while over half a million St.George accounts
have switched to e-statements, saving $3 million in printing/postage costs.
In April, launched a new payments solution for business customers called Presto Smart that streamlines the
sales processes for in-store payments. The system links the merchant terminals with point of sale software to
reduce manual inputs and enable sales to be made throughout a store;
Business Bank launched electronic documents to reduce loan deal preparation time for bankers and faster
customer acceptance, resulting in a faster time for customers to access cash;
Expanded the Group’s online lending origination platform (LOLA) to St.George SME bankers. The system
simplifies and speeds up loan origination;
Further enhanced Panorama (BT’s funds administration system) including improved customer reporting,
increased mobile app functionality and building out new investor directed portfolio services; and
Launched BT Super Invest – a new superannuation product offering broad investment choice and flexibility to
personalise a portfolio from mobile or tablet.
Regulatory change
Major developments over the half included:
Enhancements to systems for the management and reporting of the net stable funding ratio. Banks needed to
comply with the new ratio on 1 January 2018;
Delivery of new industry reporting for global tax compliance and economic and financial statistics data;
Developing systems for AASB 9 implementation due to be implemented from 1 October 2018; and
Completion of the Super Stream standards for government to business transactions.
Other technology
Investment over the half has focused on reducing cybersecurity risks and moving more of the Group’s
infrastructure onto cloud based technologies, which is expected to more efficiently and rapidly deliver major IT
developments.
Capitalised software
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Opening balance 1,916 1,814 1,781 6 8
Total additions 389 422 344 (8) 13
Amortisation expense (301) (311) (303) (3) (1)
Impairment expense (2) (11) (3) (82) (33)
Foreign exchange translation 3 2 (5) 50 large
Closing balance 2,005 1,916 1,814
5 11
Capitalised software balances have increased compared to the prior corresponding period and the half as new
investment has not been offset by amortisation. This, in part, reflects that a number of major programs continue to
be in development, and therefore amortisation has yet to fully commence, while at the same time some projects
commenced three to five years ago are now fully amortised.
As part of the Group’s regular asset review, $2 million of capitalised software was written off in First Half 2018. In
aggregate, the average amortisation of our capitalised software assets continues to be approximately three years.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 29
2.2.9 Impairment charges
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Individually assessed provisions (IAPs)
New IAPs (173) (246) (364) (30) (52)
Write-backs 67 144 144 (53) (53)
Recoveries 100 84 84 19 19
Total IAPs, write-backs and recoveries (6) (18) (136)
(67) (96)
Collectively assessed provisions (CAPs)
Write-offs (430) (525) (443) (18) (3)
Other changes in CAPs 43 183 86 (77) (50)
Total new CAPs (387) (342) (357)
13 8
Total impairment charges (393) (360) (493)
9 (20)
Asset quality remained sound through First Half 2018 with stressed assets to total committed exposures
increasing by 4 basis points to 1.09%. The increase in stressed assets mostly reflects increases in mortgage
delinquencies and a small rise in stressed exposures in the Business Bank. Impaired assets were stable, with
gross impaired assets to gross loans unchanged at 0.22% compared to Second Half 2017. Emerging stress is
mostly due to the seasonal rise in delinquencies and in property and retail exposures.
With stressed assets modestly higher, provisioning levels were also higher, up $46 million to $3,165 million. IAPs
were $9 million lower at $471 million, while collectively assessed provisions were $55 million higher at $2,694
million on Second Half 2017. Within collectively assessed provisions, the overlay was a little higher (up $12
million) at $335 million at 31 March 2018.
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Impairment charges for First Half 2018 were $393 million, up $33 million compared to Second Half 2017, and were
equivalent to 11 basis points of average gross loans. The increase was mostly due to higher total new CAPs
reflecting small increases in consumer delinquencies.
Key movements included:
Total IAPs, write-backs and recoveries were $12 million lower than Second Half 2017 principally due to:
- New IAPs were $73 million lower compared to Second Half 2017 mostly from a lower level of new impaired
assets in WIB and Business Bank. There were no facilities greater than $50 million that migrated to impaired
in the half. This was partially offset by a small rise in New Zealand IAPs, mostly from one name that was
downgraded to impaired; and
- Write-backs and recoveries were $61 million lower over the half principally from a lower level of business
write-backs. Recoveries were higher primarily in the Australian unsecured consumer portfolio and the New
Zealand business portfolio.
Total new CAPs were $45 million higher than Second Half 2017. Key movements included:
- Write-offs were $95 million lower in First Half 2018, consistent with normal seasonal patterns in unsecured
personal lending and in the auto finance portfolio;
- Benefits from other changes in CAPs were $140 million lower related to the seasonal increases in consumer
delinquencies in Australia ($48 million) and in New Zealand ($26 million); and
- While the overlay provision was little changed, the charge was $67 million higher as Second Half 2017
recorded a $55 million reduction (mostly due to provisions utilised or no longer required for the mining and
related exposures and New Zealand dairy) while in First Half 2018 a net $12 million was added to the overlay
due to modelling changes.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
30 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Impairment charges of $393 million were down $100 million when compared to First Half 2017.
Key movements included:
Total new IAPs, write-backs and recoveries were $130 million lower than First Half 2017. This was due to
much lower new IAPs (down $191 million) partially offset by lower write-backs and recoveries. The reduction
in new IAPs was primarily due to a small number of large impairments in WIB in First Half 2017 that were not
repeated. New IAPs in Business Bank were also lower. This was partially offset by higher new IAPs in New
Zealand; and
Total new CAPs were $30 million higher due to a $43 million increase from other changes in CAPs and a $13
million reduction in write-offs principally in Business Bank related to auto finance and commercial portfolios.
Within other changes in CAPs, the overlay was increased $12 million in First Half 2018 compared to an $11
million reduction in First Half 2017.
2.2.10 Income tax expense
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
The effective tax rate of 30.3% in First Half 2018 was slightly lower than the 30.6% recorded in Second Half 2017.
The effective tax rate reflects several Additional Tier 1 instruments whose distributions are not deductible for
Australian taxation purposes.
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
The effective tax rate of 30.3% in First Half 2018 is unchanged from First Half 2017.
2.2.11 Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests represent profits of non-wholly owned subsidiaries attributable to shareholders other than
Westpac. These include profits attributable to the 10.1% shareholding in Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited and the 25%
shareholding in St.George Motor Finance Limited that are not owned by Westpac.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 31
2.3 Credit quality
Credit quality remained sound over First Half 2018 with total stressed exposures to TCE increasing modestly and
remaining low relative to historical experience. Stressed exposures to TCE were 1.09%, 4 basis points higher than
Second Half 2017 and 5 basis points lower compared to First Half 2017 (see 2.3.1 Credit quality key metrics).
The 4 basis points rise in stressed assets relates to increases in both 90 days past due and not impaired (3 basis
points) and to watchlist and substandard (1 basis point) facilities. The increase in 90 day past due and not
impaired was due to an increase in mortgage 90 + day delinquencies and a small increase in business facilities.
Consistent with the increase in stressed assets, provisioning levels were $46 million higher than Second Half
2017, due mainly to an increase in CAPs. The ratio of gross impaired asset provisions to gross impaired assets is
45.5% while the ratio of collectively assessed provisions to credit risk weighted assets was little changed at 75
basis points.
Portfolio segments
The institutional segment continued to perform well, with the level of stressed assets reducing as a number of
facilities were refinanced or repaid. Over recent periods, the depth of distressed debt markets has increased
allowing the Group to partially sell down or exit some impaired exposures and this contributed to the reduction in
stress in this segment this half. There were no new large (greater than $50 million) facilities downgraded to
impaired during First Half 2018.
The commercial property segment continued to have relatively low levels of stress. Stress peaked in this portfolio
in the midst of the financial crisis with the proportion of the portfolio (stress as a percent of total committed
exposure) stressed reaching 15.5%. Since then stress has declined to 1.7% and remains well below long term
averages. In First Half 2018 a small number of facilities were downgraded to stressed, which saw the ratio
increase from 1.3% at Second Half 2017.
The small and medium business portfolio has also continued to perform well. In First Half 2018 the Group has
seen stress emerge in a small number of companies, with the increases primarily in Western Australia (WA),
Queensland (Qld) and South Australia (SA).
The New Zealand business portfolio has continued to benefit from the improving prospects of the New Zealand
dairy sector with a number of facilities returning to performing status.
The credit quality of the mortgage portfolio remains high with Australian mortgage 90+ day delinquencies 2 basis
points higher over Second Half 2017 to end the half at 0.69%. This increase is primarily due to normal seasonal
trends. The implementation of new prudential rules for the reporting of delinquencies for customers granted
hardship assistance (which are being progressively applied across the industry) have now fully flowed through on
mortgages.
While mortgage delinquencies in aggregate across Australia have changed little in recent years, conditions have
been different across states with more modest growth and higher unemployment in some regions, particularly in
WA and Qld which have seen higher delinquencies. Delinquencies were a little higher in New South Wales (NSW)
mostly due to some operational changes in the management of some delinquencies at the end of March 2018.
Australian properties in possession decreased over the half by 39 to 398 at 31 March 2018 due principally to those
states and regions impacted by the slowing of the mining investment cycle which had seen elevated levels in
Second Half 2017. Realised mortgage losses were $47 million for First Half 2018, equivalent to 2 basis points.
Consumer unsecured delinquencies were higher over First Half 2018. Total Group other consumer 90+ day
delinquencies were 1.64%, up 7 basis points since Second Half 2017 and were 9 basis points higher compared to
First Half 2017. Around 22 basis points of the increase compared to the prior corresponding period was due to the
change in delinquency reporting for customers granted hardship assistance. This was offset by a 13 basis point
reduction due to improved collection processes. Over the half, the 7 basis point increase since Second Half 2017
was due to seasonal trends.
New Zealand mortgage 90+ day delinquencies increased 4 basis points to 0.16% from Second Half 2017. While
delinquencies were higher, they remain at or near historical lows and reflect the favourable economic conditions,
and the positive impact of prudential controls reducing the level of higher LVR lending.
New Zealand unsecured delinquencies were also higher at 0.86%. Other consumer 90+ day delinquencies
increased 29 basis points since Second Half 2017 and were 28 basis points higher than First Half 2017. This
increase mirrors trends across the industry, as portfolio performance starts to normalise from the low-point of the
cycle.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
32 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Provisioning
Westpac has maintained adequate provisioning coverage with:
The ratio of gross impaired asset provisions to gross impaired assets remains high at 45.5% (down 76 basis
points compared to Second Half 2017); and
The ratio of collectively assessed provisions to credit risk weighted assets was 75 basis points with the ratio
little changed from the 76 basis points reported at 30 September 2017.
2.3.1 Credit quality key metrics
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
2018 2017 2017
Stressed exposures by credit grade as a % of TCE:
Impaired
0.15%
0.15% 0.20%
90 days past due and not impaired
0.37%
0.34% 0.35%
Watchlist and substandard
0.57%
0.56% 0.59%
Total stressed exposures
1.09%
1.05% 1.14%
Gross impaired assets to TCE for business and institutional:
Business Australia
0.48%
0.47% 0.63%
Business New Zealand
0.74%
0.62% 0.68%
Institutional 0.04%
0.06% 0.17%
Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies:
Group
0.65%
0.62% 0.63%
Australia
0.69%
0.67% 0.67%
New Zealand
0.16%
0.12% 0.14%
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies:
Group 1.64%
1.57% 1.55%
Australia 1.71%
1.66% 1.63%
New Zealand 0.86%
0.57% 0.58%
Other:
Gross impaired assets to gross loans 0.22%
0.22% 0.30%
Gross impaired asset provisions to gross impaired assets 45.54%
46.30% 52.07%
Total provisions to gross loans 45bps
45bps 52bps
Collectively assessed provisions to risk weighted assets 65bps
65bps 67bps
Collectively assessed provisions to credit risk weighted assets 75bps
76bps 77bps
Total provisions to risk weighted assets 76bps
77bps 87bps
Impairment charges to average loans annualised
1
11bps
11bps 15bps
Net write-offs to average loans annualised
1
13bps
25bps 19bps
1
Averages are based on a six month period
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 33
2.4 Balance sheet and funding
2.4.1 Balance sheet
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Assets
Cash and balances with central banks 21,580 18,397 15,912 17 36
Receivables due from other financial institutions 3,977 7,128 9,545 (44) (58)
Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value and
available-for-sale securities 85,484 86,034 90,929 (1) (6)
Derivative financial instruments 26,904 24,033 24,619 12 9
Loans 701,393 684,919 666,946 2 5
Life insurance assets 10,481 10,643 10,934 (2) (4)
Other assets 22,036 20,721 21,108 6 4
Total assets 871,855 851,875 839,993
2 4
Liabilities
Payables due to other financial institutions 19,073 21,907 21,390 (13) (11)
Deposits and other borrowings 547,736 533,591 522,513 3 5
Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement 5,590 4,056 4,894 38 14
Derivative financial instruments 24,066 25,375 28,457 (5) (15)
Debt issues 174,138 168,356 167,306 3 4
Life insurance liabilities 8,763 9,019 9,158 (3) (4)
Loan capital 18,333 17,666 17,106 4 7
Other liabilities 11,491 10,563 9,797 9 17
Total liabilities 809,190 790,533 780,621
2 4
Equity
Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation 62,615 61,288 59,315 2 6
Non-controlling interests 50 54 57 (7) (12)
Total equity 62,665 61,342 59,372
2 6
First Half 2018 – Second Half 2017
Key movements during the half included:
Assets
Cash and balances with central banks increased $3.2 billion or 17% reflecting higher liquid assets held in this
form;
Receivables due from other financial institutions decreased $3.2 billion or 44% mainly due to a reduction in
collateral posted with derivative counterparties and less interbank lending;
Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities decreased
$0.6 billion or 1% reflecting lower holdings of liquid assets in this form;
Derivative assets increased $2.9 billion or 12% mainly driven by foreign currency translation impacts on cross
currency swaps and forward contracts, partly offset by movements in interest rate swaps; and
Loans grew $16.5 billion or 2%. Refer to Section 2.2.2 Loans for further information.
Liabilities
Payables due to other financial institutions decreased $2.8 billion or 13% due to lower securities sold under
agreements to repurchase, interbank borrowings and offshore central bank deposits, partly offset by higher
collateral posted by derivative counterparties;
Deposits and other borrowings increased $14.1 billion or 3%. Refer to Section 2.2.3 Deposits and other
borrowings for further information;
Other financial liabilities at fair value through the income statement increased $1.5 billion or 38% reflecting
higher securities sold under agreements to repurchase and increased trading activity;
Derivative liabilities decreased $1.3 billion or 5% mainly driven by movements in interest rate swaps and
foreign currency translation impacts on cross currency swaps and forward contracts;
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
34 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Debt issues increased $5.8 billion or 3% ($1.1 billion or 1% increase excluding foreign currency impacts).
Refer to Section 2.4.2 Funding and liquidity risk management for further information; and
Loan capital increased $0.7 billion or 4% as new issuances exceeded maturities for both Additional Tier 1 and
Tier 2 capital instruments.
Equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation increased $1.3 billion or 2% reflecting retained
profits less dividends paid during the period and shares issued under the 2017 final dividend reinvestment plan
(DRP).
First Half 2018 – First Half 2017
Key movements included:
Assets
Cash and balances with central banks increased $5.7 billion or 36% reflecting higher liquid assets held in this
form;
Receivables due from other financial institutions decreased $5.6 billion or 58% mainly due to a reduction in
collateral posted with derivative counterparties and lower interbank lending;
Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value and available-for-sale securities decreased
$5.4 billion or 6% reflecting lower holdings of liquid assets in this form;
Derivative assets increased $2.3 billion or 9% mainly driven by foreign currency translation impacts on cross
currency swaps and forward contracts, partly offset by movements in interest rate swaps; and
Loans grew $34.4 billion or 5%. Refer to Section 2.2.2 Loans for further information.
Liabilities
Payables due to other financial institutions decreased $2.3 billion or 11% due to lower securities sold under
agreements to repurchase, interbank borrowings and offshore central bank deposits, partly offset by higher
collateral posted by derivative counterparties;
Deposits and other borrowings increased $25.2 billion or 5%. Refer to Section 2.2.3 Deposits and other
borrowings for further information;
Other financial liabilities at fair value through the income statement increased $0.7 billion or 14% mainly due to
higher securities sold under agreements to repurchase;
Derivative liabilities decreased $4.4 billion or 15% mainly driven by movements in interest rate swaps and
foreign currency translation impacts on cross currency swaps and forward contracts;
Debt issues increased $6.8 billion or 4% ($2.7 billion or 2% increase excluding foreign currency impacts). Refer
to Section 2.4.2 Funding and liquidity risk management for further information; and
Loan capital increased $1.2 billion or 7% as new issuances exceeded maturities for both Additional Tier 1 and
Tier 2 capital instruments.
Equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation increased $3.3 billion reflecting retained profits less
dividends paid during the period and shares issued under the 2017 interim DRP and 2017 final DRP.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 35
2.4.2 Funding and liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due.
This type of risk is inherent for all banks through their role as intermediaries between depositors and borrowers.
The Group has a liquidity risk management framework which seeks to meet the objective of meeting cash flow
obligations under a wide range of market conditions, including name specific and market-wide stress scenarios, as
well as meeting the regulatory requirements of the LCR and NSFR
1
.
In First Half 2018 the Group maintained its funding and liquidity profile, funding the majority of loan growth of $16.5
billion through growth in customer deposits of $15.4 billion, leading to an improvement in the overall composition
of the Group’s total funding. Key metrics remained comfortably above regulatory minimums, including an LCR of
134% and an NSFR of 112%.
Liquid Assets
The Group’s liquid asset portfolio includes both high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) and other securities that are
eligible for repurchase with a central bank. In total, Westpac held $147.6 billion in unencumbered liquid assets as
at 31 March 2018 (30 September 2017: $137.8 billion). At 31 March 2018 the portfolio comprised:
$73.5 billion of cash, deposits at central banks, government and semi-government bonds;
$19.1 billion of repo-eligible private securities; and
$55.0 billion of self-originated AAA rated mortgage backed securities, which are eligible collateral for
repurchase agreement with the RBA or the RBNZ.
LCR
The LCR requires banks to hold sufficient HQLA, as defined, to withstand 30 days under a regulator-defined acute
stress scenario.
Given the limited amount of government debt in Australia, the RBA, jointly with APRA, makes available to ADIs a
CLF. Subject to satisfaction of qualifying conditions, the CLF can be accessed to help meet the LCR requirement.
In order to have access to a CLF, ADIs are required to pay a fee of 15 basis points (0.15%) per annum to the RBA
on the approved undrawn facility. APRA approved Westpac’s CLF allocation of $57 billion for the 2018 calendar
year (2017 calendar year: $49.1 billion).
The Group’s LCR as at 31 March 2018 was 134% (30 September 2017: 124%) and the average LCR for the
quarter ended 31 March 2018 was 128%
2
.
NSFR
The Group is required to maintain a NSFR, designed to encourage longer-term funding resilience, of at least
100%. The NSFR came into effect for Australian ADIs on 1 January 2018. Westpac had a NSFR of 112% at 31
March 2018 (estimated at 109% as at 30 September 2017). Improvement in the ratio since 30 September 2017
mainly reflects continued lengthening of wholesale funding profile, an increased CLF allocation and ongoing data
and methodology refinements.
Funding
The Group monitors the composition and stability of its funding so that it remains within the Group’s funding risk
appetite. This includes compliance with both the LCR and NSFR.
Customer deposits as a proportion of total funding increased by 31 basis points to 62.1% (30 September 2017:
61.8%). The proportion of long term funding to total funding increased by 77 basis points to 16.0% (30 September
2017: 15.2%). There was little change in other sources of stable funding, with securitisation and equity to total
funding remaining relatively stable.
Short term wholesale funding as a proportion of total funding decreased by 101 basis points over the six months to
31 March 2018 and now makes up 13.1% of the Group’s total funding (30 September 2017: 14.1%). This portfolio
of $105.7 billion has a weighted average maturity of 158 days and is more than covered by the $147.6 billion of
repo-eligible liquid assets held by the Group.
In First Half 2018, the Group raised $21.3 billion of long term wholesale funding in a range of currencies, including
AUD, USD, EUR and GBP, and through a diverse range of products, proactively accessing constructive market
conditions in the first five months of the financial year.
The Group also continued to lengthen the tenor of its long term funding portfolio. In First Half 2018, 56% of new
term issuance had a contractual maturity of greater than five years and this contributed to a weighted average
maturity (excluding securitisation) of new term issuance in First Half 2018 of 7.0 years (Full Year 2017: 5.8 years).
1
Refer to Glossary for definition.
2
Calculated as a simple average of the daily observations over the 31 March 2018 quarter.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
36 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Liquidity coverage ratio
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)
1
71,952 71,904 73,565 - (2)
Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF)
1
57,000 49,100 49,100 16 16
Total LCR liquid assets 128,952 121,004 122,665
7 5
Cash outflows in a modelled 30-day APRA defined
stressed scenario
Customer deposits 66,222 65,612 65,861 1 1
Wholesale funding 8,411 12,231 13,238 (31) (36)
Other flows
2
21,405 20,109 19,121 6 12
Total 96,038 97,952 98,220
(2) (2)
LCR
3
134% 124% 125%
large large
Net stable funding ratio
4
Proforma Proforma
As at
as at as at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017
Sept 17 Mar 17
Available stable funding 593,669 566,304 557,489 5 6
Required stable funding 529,100 521,048 513,904 2 3
Net stable funding ratio 112% 109%
108%
351bps 372bps
Funding by residual maturity
As at 31 March 2018
As at 30 Sept 2017
As at 31 March 2017
$m Ratio % $m Ratio % $m Ratio %
Wholesale funding
Less than 6 months 61,245 7.6 63,173 8.0 64,890 8.3
6 to 12 months 16,973 2.1 19,776 2.5 17,446 2.3
Long term to short term scroll
5
27,522 3.4 27,955 3.6 25,942 3.4
Wholesale funding - residual maturity less
than 12 months 105,740
13.1
110,904
14.1
108,278
14.0
Securitisation 8,186 1.0 8,209 1.0 9,856 1.3
Greater than 12 months 128,921 16.0 119,494 15.2 116,825 15.1
Wholesale funding - residual maturity greater
than 12 months 137,107
17.0
127,703
16.2
126,681
16.4
Customer deposits 502,063
62.1
486,670
61.8
478,660
61.9
Equity
6
63,225
7.8
61,925
7.9
59,868
7.7
Total funding 808,135
100.0
787,202
100.0
773,487
100.0
Deposits to net loans ratio
1
As at 31 March 2018
As at 30 Sept 2017
As at 31 March 2017
$m Ratio % $m Ratio % $m Ratio %
Customer deposits 502,063
486,670 478,660
Net loans 701,393 71.6
684,919 71.1 666,946 71.8
1
Refer to Glossary for definition.
2
Other flows include credit and liquidity facilities, collateral outflows and inflows from customers.
3
Calculated on a spot basis.
4
The NSFR was effective from 1 January 2018 for ADIs. Half Year September 2017 and Half Year March 2017 are presented on a pro
forma basis.
5
Scroll represents wholesale funding with an original maturity greater than 12 months that now has a residual maturity less than
12 months.
6
Includes total share capital, share based payments, reserve and retained profits.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 37
Funding view of the balance sheet
Total liquid Customer Wholesale Customer Market
$m assets
1
deposits funding franchise inventory Total
As at 31 March 2018
Total assets 147,634 - - 660,417 63,804 871,855
Total liabilities - (502,063) (242,847) - (64,280) (809,190)
Total equity - - - (63,225) 560 (62,665)
Total 147,634 (502,063) (242,847) 597,192 84 -
Net loans
2
55,058 - - 646,335 - 701,393
As at 30 Sept 2017
Total assets 137,797 - - 651,573 62,505 851,875
Total liabilities - (486,670) (238,607) - (65,256) (790,533)
Total equity - - - (61,925) 583 (61,342)
Total 137,797 (486,670) (238,607) 589,648 (2,168) -
Net loans
2
47,935 - - 636,984 - 684,919
As at 31 March 2017
Total assets 138,511 - - 633,255 68,227 839,993
Total liabilities - (478,660) (234,959) - (67,002) (780,621)
Total equity - - - (59,868) 496 (59,372)
Total 138,511 (478,660) (234,959) 573,387 1,721 -
Net loans
2
47,691 - - 619,255 - 666,946
1
Refer to Glossary for definition.
2
Liquid assets in net loans include internally securitised assets that are eligible for repurchase agreements with the RBA / RBNZ.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
38 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
2.5 Capital and dividends
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Regulatory capital structure
Common equity Tier 1 capital after deductions ($m) 43,639 42,670 40,335 2 8
Risk weighted assets (RWA) ($m) 415,744 404,235 404,382 3 3
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio (CET1) 10.50% 10.56% 9.97% (6bps) 53bps
Additional Tier 1 capital ratio 2.31% 2.10% 1.71% 21bps 60bps
Tier 1 capital ratio 12.81% 12.66% 11.68% 15bps 113bps
Tier 2 capital ratio 2.02% 2.16% 2.32% (14bps) (30bps)
Total regulatory capital ratio 14.83% 14.82% 14.00% 1bps 83bps
APRA leverage ratio
1
5.75% 5.66% 5.30% 9bps 45bps
Capital management strategy
In light of APRA’s announcement on ‘unquestionably strong’ capital benchmarks on 19 July 2017, Westpac has
ceased to use its preferred range for its CET1 capital ratio of 8.75% to 9.25% as a guide to managing capital
levels. Westpac will revise its preferred range for the CET1 capital ratio once APRA finalises its review of the
capital adequacy framework. In the interim, Westpac will seek to operate with a CET1 capital ratio of at least
10.5% in March and September as measured under the existing capital framework. This also takes into
consideration:
Current regulatory capital minimums and the capital conservation buffer (CCB), which together are the total
CET1 requirement. In line with the above, the total CET1 requirement for Westpac is at least 8.0%, based upon
an industry minimum CET1 requirement of 4.5% plus a capital buffer of at least 3.5% applicable to domestic
systemically important banks (D-SIBs)
2
;
Stress testing to calibrate an appropriate buffer against a downturn; and
Quarterly volatility of capital ratios due to the half yearly cycle of ordinary dividend payments.
Should the CET1 capital ratio fall below the total CET1 requirement, restrictions on the distribution of earnings will
apply. This includes restrictions on the amount of earnings that can be distributed through dividends, Additional
Tier 1 capital distributions and discretionary staff bonuses.
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio movement for First Half 2018
Westpac’s CET1 capital ratio was 10.50% at 31 March 2018, 6 basis points lower than 30 September 2017.
Regulatory modelling changes which reduced the ratio 22 basis points, were partially offset by First Half 2018
organic capital generation of 19 basis points.
1
Refer Glossary for definition.
2
Noting that APRA may apply higher CET1 requirements for an individual ADI.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 39
Organic capital generation of 19 basis points included:
First Half 2018 cash earnings of $4.3 billion (102 basis point increase);
The 2017 final dividend payment, net of DRP share issuance (70 basis point decrease);
Increase in ordinary RWAs before the impact of FX movements and RWA modelling changes (8 basis point
decrease); and
Other movements reduced the CET1 capital ratio by 5 basis points, mainly from an increase in the deduction
for regulatory expected loss in excess of eligible provisions (3 basis points decrease) and other small
movements (2 basis point decrease).
Other items decreased the CET1 capital ratio by 25 basis points mainly from:
Regulatory modelling changes which decreased the ratio by 22 basis points (refer RWA details further below);
and
Other movements (3 basis point decrease) including foreign currency translation impacts, primarily related to
NZ$ lending.
Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital movement for First Half 2018
During the half Westpac:
Issued $1.7 billion of new Additional Tier 1 capital instruments via the issue of Westpac Capital Notes 5
(WCN5), of which $0.6 billion was via the partial reinvestment of Westpac Convertible Preference Share
investors reinvesting in WCN5 (net 26 basis points increase);
Issued $0.6 billion of new Tier 2 capital instruments (14 basis points increase); and
Redeemed US$0.8 billion of Tier 2 capital instruments, which reduced Tier 2 capital by $1.0 billion (25 basis
points decrease).
Leverage ratio
The leverage ratio represents the amount of Tier 1 capital relative to exposure. At 31 March 2018, Westpac’s
leverage ratio was 5.8%
1
, up 9 basis points since 30 September 2017.
Internationally comparable capital ratios
The APRA Basel III capital adequacy requirements are more conservative than those of the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision (BCBS), leading to lower reported capital ratios when compared to international peers. APRA
conducted a study in July 2015 outlining its methodology for measuring international comparable capital ratios. For
details on the adjustments refer to Westpac’s 2018 Interim Investor Discussion Pack.
The table below calculates the Group’s reported capital ratios consistent with this methodology.
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Internationally comparable capital ratios
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio 16.13% 16.20% 15.34% (7bps) 79bps
Tier 1 capital ratio 19.06% 18.64% 17.21% 42bps 185bps
Total regulatory capital ratio 21.68% 21.09% 19.37% 59bps 231bps
Leverage ratio 6.39% 6.33% 6.01% 6bps 38bps
1
The leverage ratio is based on the same definition of Tier 1 as used for APRA capital requirements and is not comparable to the Basel
Committee for Banking Supervision leverage ratio calculation.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
40 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Corporate
1
71,590 71,160 76,210 1 (6)
Business lending
2
34,872 34,638 33,735 1 3
Sovereign
3
1,536 1,505 1,665 2 (8)
Bank
4
6,253 5,905 5,887 6 6
Residential mortgages 129,748 127,825 127,111 2 2
Australian credit cards 6,553 5,665 6,009 16 9
Other retail 14,056 13,250 13,538 6 4
Small business
5
16,017 11,708 11,482 37 39
Specialised lending: Property and project finance
6
57,239 57,081 56,122 - 2
Securitisation
7
5,869 4,167 3,992 41 47
Standardised 10,639 9,946 9,682 7 10
Mark-to-market related credit risk 7,019 6,408 7,280 10 (4)
Credit risk 361,391 349,258 352,713 3 2
Market risk 7,406 8,094 7,471 (9) (1)
Operational risk
8
30,866 31,229 31,653 (1) (2)
Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) 12,875 11,101 8,143 16 58
Other 3,206 4,553 4,402 (30) (27)
Total 415,744 404,235 404,382
3 3
Total RWA increased $11.5 billion or 3% this half:
Credit risk RWA increased $12.1 billion or 3%:
- Modelling changes added $6.0 billion to RWA mostly from:
o implementation of APRA’s revised prudential standard for securitisation (APS 120) effective
1 January 2018 ($1.4 billion increase);
o updates to models for small business in line with APRA guidance on the definition of default ($1.8 billion
increase);
o changes in the modelling for credit cards and personal loans which include updated data for facilities in
hardship ($2.1 billion increase); and
o reclassification of $6.6 billion of mortgages exposures to business related categories ($0.7 billion net
RWA increase). The reclassification follows APRA industry guidance that where the purpose of a
mortgage loan is business related, these loans should be classified under business related categories.
- Portfolio growth added $3.4 billion to RWA;
- Credit quality movements increased RWA by $0.9 billion with seasonally higher mortgage delinquencies
being partly offset by improved credit quality in corporate lending;
- Foreign currency translation impacts, primarily related to NZ$ lending, increased RWA $1.2 billion; and
- Increase in mark-to-market related credit risk RWA of $0.6 billion.
Non-credit RWA decreased $0.6 billion or 1%. Lower risk weighted assets for other assets ($1.3 billion), market
risk ($0.7 billion) and operational risk ($0.4 billion) were partially offset by an increase in interest rate risk in the
banking book (IRRBB) ($1.8 billion) mostly from higher capital for credit spread risk for liquid assets.
1
Corporate – typically includes exposure where the borrower has annual turnover greater than $50 million, and other business
exposures not captured under the definitions of either Business lending or Small Business.
2
Business lending – includes exposures not captured elsewhere where the borrower has annual turnover less than or equal to $50
million.
3
Sovereign – includes exposures to governments themselves and other non-commercial enterprises that are owned or controlled by
them.
4
Bank – includes exposures to licensed banks and their owned or controlled subsidiaries, and overseas central banks.
5
Small business – program managed business lending exposures.
6
Specialised lending – property and project finance – includes exposures to entities created to finance and / or operates specific assets
where, apart from the income received from the assets being financed, the borrower has little or no independent capacity to repay
from other activities or assets.
7
Securitisation – exposures reflect Westpac’s involvement in activities ranging from originator to investor and include the provision of
securitisation services for clients wishing to access capital markets.
8
Operational risk – the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events,
including legal risk but excluding strategic or reputational risk.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 41
Capital adequacy
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
$m
2018 2017 2017
Tier 1 capital
Common equity Tier 1 capital
Paid up ordinary capital
35,168
34,889 33,765
Treasury shares
(506)
(436) (420)
Equity based remuneration 1,414 1,356 1,226
Foreign currency translation reserve (522) (558) (482)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (14) 15 127
Non-controlling interests - other 50 54 57
Retained earnings 27,122 26,100 25,206
Less retained earnings in life and general insurance, funds management and
securitisation entities (1,238) (1,153) (1,323)
Deferred fees 254 253 250
Total common equity Tier 1 capital 61,728
60,520 58,406
Deductions from common equity Tier 1 capital
Goodwill (excluding funds management entities) (8,656) (8,670) (8,557)
Deferred tax assets (1,116) (1,110) (1,179)
Goodwill in life and general insurance, funds management and securitisation entities (1,032) (1,065) (1,066)
Capitalised expenditure (1,867) (1,913) (1,859)
Capitalised software (1,628)
(1,603) (1,529)
Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated for regulatory purposes (1,532) (1,589) (1,573)
Regulatory expected loss in excess of eligible provisions (1,192) (861) (915)
General reserve for credit losses adjustment (339) (332) (311)
Securitisation - - -
Equity investments (680) (679) (948)
Regulatory adjustments to fair value positions (46) (27) (133)
Other Tier 1 deductions (1) (1) (1)
Total deductions from common equity Tier 1 capital (18,089)
(17,850) (18,071)
Total common equity Tier 1 capital after deductions 43,639
42,670 40,335
Additional Tier 1 capital
Basel III complying instruments 9,041 7,315 5,720
Basel III transitional instruments 566 1,190 1,190
Total Additional Tier 1 capital 9,607
8,505 6,910
Net Tier 1 regulatory capital 53,246
51,175 47,245
Tier 2 capital
Basel III complying instruments 8,102 7,375 6,703
Basel III transitional instruments 473 1,526 3,288
Eligible general reserve for credit loss 55 51 49
Basel III transitional adjustment - - (445)
Total Tier 2 capital 8,630
8,952 9,595
Deductions from Tier 2 capital
Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated for regulatory purposes (140) (140) (140)
Holdings of own and other financial institutions Tier 2 capital instruments (83) (77) (91)
Total deductions from Tier 2 capital (223)
(217) (231)
Net Tier 2 regulatory capital 8,407
8,735 9,364
Total regulatory capital 61,653
59,910 56,609
Risk weighted assets 415,744
404,235 404,382
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio 10.50% 10.56% 9.97%
Additional Tier 1 capital ratio 2.31% 2.10% 1.71%
Tier 1 capital ratio 12.81% 12.66% 11.68%
Tier 2 capital ratio 2.02% 2.16% 2.32%
Total regulatory capital ratio 14.83% 14.82% 14.00%
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
42 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Dividends
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
Ordinary dividend (cents per share) March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Interim (fully franked) 94 - 94 - -
Final (fully franked) - 94 - - -
Total ordinary dividend
94 94 94 - -
Payout ratio (reported) 76.07% 78.05% 80.57% (198bps) large
Payout ratio (cash earnings) 75.28% 78.86% 78.57% (358bps) (329bps)
Adjusted franking credit balance ($m) 1,279 1,063 742 20 72
Imputation credit (cents per share - NZ) 7.0 7.0 7.0 - -
The Board has determined an interim fully franked dividend of 94 cents per share, to be paid on 4 July 2018, to
shareholders on the register at the record date of 18 May 2018
1
. The interim dividend represents a payout ratio on
a cash earnings basis of 75.28%. In addition to being fully franked, the dividend will also carry NZ$0.07 in New
Zealand imputation credits that may be used by New Zealand residents.
The Board has determined to satisfy the DRP for the 2018 interim dividend by issuing Westpac ordinary shares.
The Market Price used to determine the number of shares issued to DRP participants will be set over the 10
trading days commencing 23 May 2018 and will not include any discount.
Capital deduction for regulatory expected credit loss
For capital adequacy purposes APRA requires the amount of regulatory expected credit losses in excess of
eligible provisions to be deducted from CET1 capital. The table below shows the calculation of this capital
deduction.
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
$m
2018 2017 2017
Provisions associated with eligible portfolios
Total provisions for impairment charges (Section 4 Note 10)
3,165 3,119 3,513
plus general reserve for credit losses adjustment
339 332 311
plus provisions associated with partial write-offs
82 148 174
less ineligible provisions
2
(79) (74) (72)
Total eligible provisions 3,507 3,525 3,926
Regulatory expected downturn loss 4,699 4,386 4,841
Shortfall in eligible provisions compared to regulatory expected downturn loss 1,192 861 915
Common equity Tier 1 capital deduction for regulatory expected downturn loss
in excess of eligible provisions (1,192) (861) (915)
1
Record date in New York is 17 May 2018.
2
Provisions associated with portfolios subject to the Basel standardised approach to credit risk are not eligible.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 43
2.6 Sustainability performance
As one of Australia’s largest and oldest companies, Westpac Group is playing a role in helping to create positive
social, economic and environmental impact, for the benefit of all.
Our approach to operating sustainably is designed to anticipate, respond to and shape new and emerging
opportunities and challenges that have the potential to materially impact customers, employees, suppliers,
shareholders and communities. This view is embedded within the Group’s business activities, and aligns with the
priorities set out in the Group’s strategy.
Sustainability leadership
Westpac’s sustainability leadership is regularly acknowledged and validated by a number of third party ratings and
awards, including:
Ranked as the world’s most sustainable bank in the 2017 Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI) achieving a
score of 94. This marks the fourth year in a row and 10th time that Westpac has achieved global banking
sector leadership, and the 16th year in a row that Westpac has been recognised among global banking
leaders;
Achieved a Gold Class (highest) ranking in 2018 RobecoSAM Sustainability Yearbook; and
Recognised as one of only ten Australian companies to achieve Leadership level in the 2017 CDP
1
, with a
climate score A-. This puts Westpac among the top 22% of companies globally to achieve this level.
It’s about all of us: 2018-2020 Sustainability Strategy
This year marks the start of Westpac Group’s 2018-2020 Sustainability Strategy which outlines the Group’s
commitment to building a sustainable future by taking action in the areas where it can have the greatest impact.
Westpac believes it can create sustainable, long-term value for customers, communities and the nation by:
Helping people make better financial decisions;
Helping people by being there when it matters most to them; and
Helping people create a prosperous nation.
Underpinning these three priority areas is a commitment to fostering a culture of care and doing the right thing,
and continuing to lead on the sustainability fundamentals – policies, action plans, frameworks and metrics
reporting, in particular building on the climate change, human rights and reconciliation action plans developed in
2017.
Westpac is committed to regular reporting to enable a comparison of performance over time. The table below
summarises progress in the last six months against the goals set out in the Group’s sustainability strategy.
Performance against sustainability goals
Priority areas Goals Half Year 2018 performance
Helping people
make better
financial decisions
Help more people
better understand
their financial
position, improving
their financial
confidence
Continued to offer a range of products and services, including Westpac SmartPlan, an
online tool to help customers manage their credit card balance and pay down their
debts more easily, and Westpac Life, a flexible savings account that supports
customers’ savings goals;
Delivered a range of financial literacy programs to individuals, businesses, not-for-
profit organisations and community groups through the Davidson Institute in Australia
and through Managing Your Money program in New Zealand; and
Delivered enhanced financial capability communication for different customer
segments, including 406,000 children through Mathspace and Year 13 partnerships,
918,000 young Australians via The Cusp, 158,000 women through Ruby Connection
and 2.5 million Australians aged 65+ via Starts at 60.
Helping people by
being there when
it matters most to
them
Help people recover
from financial
hardship
19,473 customers received hardship assistance from Westpac Group Assist.
Help people lift out
of a difficult time
and recover
stronger
Provided 65 relief packages for customers impacted by natural disasters across
Australia, including bushfires in southern NSW and south east and south west Victoria,
Cyclone Marcus in the Northern Territory and floods in northern Queensland.
Helping our most
vulnerable
customers
Continued to work towards rolling out dementia-friendly banking across Group brands,
following New Zealand and St.George.
1
Formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
44 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Priority areas Goals Half Year 2018 performance
Helping people
creating a
prosperous nation
Build the workforce
of the future
Progressed the design of a learning and re-skilling program to support employees stay
relevant in a rapidly changing workforce.
Invest and back the
people and ideas
shaping Australia
Westpac Bicentennial Foundation paid $1.7 million in educational scholarships to 45
scholars in First Half 2018, bringing the total cohort of Westpac Scholars to 336;
Westpac Foundation Social Scale-up Grants supported 10 social enterprises to create
over 234 jobs
1
for vulnerable Australians;
During First Half 2018, 134 microenterprises, including 39 Indigenous businesses,
were established through our Many Rivers partnership, 1,681 jobs
1
were created;
Westpac has directly invested in 25 early stage companies, including 20 through
Reinventure. To date, $100 million has been committed to Reinventure as part of two
funds; and
Continued the Businesses of Tomorrow program, with the next recipients to be
announced in June 2018.
Back the growth of
climate change
solutions
Increased committed exposure to climate change solutions and environmental
services relative to Full Year 2017, taking total committed exposure to more than $8.5
billion, progressing towards the 2020 target of $10 billion; and
Arranged and issued climate-related bonds of $1.7 billion supporting the Group’s
funding for climate change solutions.
Back the growth of
housing affordability
solutions
Lent over $1.34 billion to the social and affordable housing sector, up from $1.32
billion at 30 September 2017.
Bring together
partners and
harness the
Group’s capacity to
tackle pressing
social issues that
matter most to the
nation
Established a Vulnerable Customer Council, comprised of industry based consumer
advocates to enable two-way dialogue on emerging issues and external customer
perspectives;
Established a small business customer council which enables us to hear key issues
and feedback from the small business community and discuss new initiatives for our
small business customers; and
Stakeholder Advisory Council meets three times per year to discuss emerging themes
and issues, comprising of external social, environmental, governance, community and
business leaders.
A culture that is
caring, inclusive
and innovative
Promote an
inclusive society,
where our
workforce reflects
our customers
Proportion of women in leadership maintained at 50%;
Recruited an additional 86 employees who identify as Aboriginal or Torres Strait
Islander peoples, maintaining Indigenous employment parity;
Launched a neurodiversity internship program to support people on the Autism
Spectrum to build a career with the Group; and
Launched the Group’s 2018-2020 Inclusion and Diversity Strategy.
Increase channels
where customers
can provide
feedback
Multiple channels exist for customer feedback, including the Customer Advocate,
Customer Council and the ‘Resonate Program’, designed to address specific pain
points.
Continuing to lead
on the
Sustainability
fundamentals
Employees
Achieved total recordable injury frequency rate of (TRIFR) 5.0 and lost time injury
frequency rate (LTIFR) of 0.3.
Human rights Released 2017 UK Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement; and
Supported the introduction of comparable Australian legislation to the UK Modern
Slavery Act.
Sustainability
lending and
investment
BTFG refreshed its Responsible Investment Position Statement.
Environment
1
Maintained carbon neutral status and on track to achieve a 3% reduction in GHG
emissions compared to Full Year 2017, and a reduction of 11% since 2016;
Group paper consumption on track to achieve a 41% reduction in Full Year 2018 since
2016;
Water consumption in all Australian workspaces on track for a 13% reduction,
consuming 223,849 kL in First Half 2018; and
Achieved 72% diversion of waste from landfill in Australian offices.
Responsible
sourcing
$2.6 million sourced from diverse suppliers, including $1.7 million from Indigenous
suppliers.
Community & social
impact
6.7% employees participate in volunteering program and 50% in workplace giving.
1
Environmental footprint and jobs created through the Westpac Foundation Social Scale-up grant and Many Rivers which are as at
31 December 2017. Refer to www.westpac.com.au / sustainability for glossary of terms and metric definitions.
2018 Interim financial results
Review of Group operations
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 45
2.6.1 Climate-related financial disclosures
The Group has long recognised that climate change is one of the most significant issues that will impact the long-
term prosperity of the economy and way of life. Westpac was the first Australian bank to recognise the importance
of limiting global warming to two degrees and that to do this, global emissions need to reach net zero in the
second half of this century.
2018 marks a decade since the Group released its first climate change action plan. Since then, Westpac has
continued to integrate the consideration of climate-related risks and opportunities into business operations. This
includes alignment with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD),
which the Group has publically committed to support.
The Westpac Group’s performance against the recommendations of the TCFD are summarised below:
Governance
The highest level of direct responsibility for climate change at Westpac Group lies with the Board. The Group’s
third Climate Change Position Statement and 2020 Action Plan was approved by the Group Executive and the
Board in 2017. It covers the management of Westpac’s direct carbon footprint, criteria to manage the carbon
impact of lending to emissions intensive sectors, measuring and reporting of performance, and the incorporation of
climate change considerations into the Group’s risk management framework.
The Westpac Group’s Sustainability Council, formed in 2008, comprises a cross-section of senior leaders from
across the Group with responsibility for managing our sustainability agenda and performance, including climate
change. The Group’s Climate Change Solutions and Climate Change Risk Committees focus on specific aspects
of climate-related issues and report half-yearly to the Sustainability Council.
Strategy
The Westpac Group’s 2018-2020 Sustainability Strategy and Climate Change Position Statement and 2020 Action
Plan describe its climate change strategy, including a long term lending target of $25 billion to climate change
solutions by 2030, and an enhanced approach to financing emissions intensive sectors.
Risk management
Westpac applies the same rigour in managing climate change as in any other transformational issue facing the
economy. The Group examines the policy, legal, technology and market changes related to climate change
(‘transition risks’), and the financial impacts of changes in climate patterns and extreme weather events (‘physical
risks’).
In 2016, the Group analysed the financial and reputational implications of transitioning to a two-degree economy
under three scenarios to understand the longer term impacts to the Australian economy, including risks and
opportunities for the Group. The scenarios represent plausible pathways to a low carbon economy based on
different approaches to global cooperation and timing of action on climate change.
As a result of this work Westpac enhanced its approach to lending to emissions-intensive sectors, supporting
customers that are in or reliant on these sectors and who assess the financial implications of climate change on
their business, including how their strategies are likely to perform under various forward-looking scenarios, and
demonstrate a rigorous approach to governance, strategy setting, risk management and reporting.
Westpac has committed to undertake further climate scenario analysis in 2018 to continue to review exposure to
climate-related risks.
Metrics and targets
Metrics Half Year 2018 performance
$10 billion available for lending and investment in climate
change solutions and environmental services by 2020
$8.5 billion exposure in climate change solutions and environmental
services
$3 billion in facilitation in climate change solutions by 2020
$1.7 billion issuance of climate-related bonds
Aim to reduce the emission intensity of our power
generation portfolio to 0.30 (tCO
2
e/MWh) by 2020 -
Australia
0.36 (tCO
2
e/MWh)
1
Energy mix of electricity generation exposure (WIB only)
72% renewable versus 28% non-renewables.
Fossil fuel extraction (TCE)
$3.5 billion in oil and gas, $0.4 billion in coal, 0.4% of the Group’s total
committed exposure (TCE) of $1.0 trillion.
Total Scope 1, 2 & 3 emissions (tCO
2
e)
203,065 tCO
2
e
1
1
Emissions intensity of our power generation portfolio is at 30 September 2017. Total Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions are as at 30 June
2017. Refer to www.westpac.com.au / sustainability for glossary of terms and metric definitions.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
46 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
3.0 Divisional results
Comparative divisional results have been restated. The changes include updates to the methodologies to allocate
certain costs, revenues and capital to divisions. These changes have no impact on the overall Group’s results or
balance sheet. Refer Section 4, Note 2.
3.1 Consumer Bank
Consumer Bank (CB) is responsible for sales and service to consumer customers in Australia under the Westpac,
St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands. Activities are conducted through a dedicated team of
specialist consumer relationship managers along with an extensive network of branches, call centres and ATMs.
Customers are also supported by a range of internet and mobile banking solutions. CB works in an integrated way
with Business Bank, BTFG and WIB in the sales and service of certain financial services and products including
wealth and foreign exchange. The revenue from these products is mostly retained by the product originator.
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income 4,040 3,961 3,677 2 10
Non-interest income 377 380 433 (1) (13)
Net operating income 4,417 4,341 4,110 2 7
Operating expenses (1,730) (1,727) (1,651) - 5
Core earnings 2,687 2,614 2,459
3 9
Impairment charges (233) (293) (272) (20) (14)
Operating profit before tax 2,454 2,321 2,187
6 12
Tax and non-controlling interests (737) (697) (656) 6 12
Cash earnings 1,717 1,624 1,531
6 12
Economic profit 1,266 1,204 1,216 5 4
Expense to income ratio 39.17% 39.78% 40.17% (61bps) (100bps)
Net interest margin 2.37% 2.36% 2.27% 1bps 10bps
As at As at As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$bn 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Deposits
Term deposits 58.1 57.9 56.3 - 3
Other 141.3 138.6 133.6 2 6
Total deposits 199.4 196.5 189.9
1 5
Net loans
Mortgages 366.0 357.4 346.4 2 6
Other 13.6 13.9 14.6 (2) (7)
Provisions (0.9) (0.9) (1.0) - (10)
Total net loans 378.7 370.4 360.0
2 5
Deposit to loan ratio 52.65% 53.05% 52.75% (40bps) (10bps)
Total assets 386.0 377.5 367.0
2 5
TCE 441.1 432.3 421.4 2 5
Average interest-earning assets
1
341.6 335.1 325.1 2 5
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
2018 2017 2017
Credit quality
Impairment charges to average loans annualised
1
0.12% 0.16% 0.15%
Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies 0.73% 0.71% 0.72%
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies 1.65% 1.64% 1.86%
Total stressed assets to TCE 0.65%
0.64% 0.66%
1
Averages are based on a six month period.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 47
Financial performance
First Half 2018 - Second Half 2017
Cash earnings of $1,717 million, was 6% higher than Second Half 2017, largely from a 2% increase in net interest
income, flat operating expenses and a $60 million reduction in impairment charges.
Net interest
income
up $79 million,
2%
Total lending was up 2% with all growth recorded in mortgages. Other lending was a little
lower due to a decline in personal lending. Mortgages grew just below system
1
as the division
prioritised returns over growth;
Deposits increased 1% with most growth in at call accounts, including a $1.6 billion increase
in saving accounts, including the Westpac Life product. Transaction accounts, including
mortgage offset accounts, were up $1.1 billion; and
Net interest margin was 1 basis point higher mostly from higher term deposit spreads and
from lower wholesale funding costs early in the half. Mortgage spreads were higher from the
full period effect of pricing changes on certain mortgages although this was offset by
customers switching out of interest only facilities, increased competition and more customers
choosing lower spread fixed rate mortgages. These gains were partially offset by the full
period impact of the Bank Levy (3 basis points).
Non-interest
income down
$3 million, 1%
The decline was due to the elimination and reduction of certain fees (including ATM
withdrawal fees and some transaction and account keeping fees) of $24 million;
Cards income was also lower, mostly from changes to interchange income; and
Partly offset by $24 million of provisions for customer refunds and payments incurred in
Second Half 2017 which were not repeated.
Operating
expenses up
$3 million, flat
Increased compliance costs and a rise in business as usual costs were largely offset by
productivity benefits of $59 million;
Savings from reconfiguring the network contributed to productivity benefits including the
closure of 21 branches in the half while digitisation contributed to a 4% reduction in branch
transactions. A further reduction in paper statements added to the savings; and
Compliance costs were up from the Group’s comprehensive product review and more
resources being directed to reviewing new lending.
Impairment
charges
down $60
million, 20%
Credit quality remains sound, with stressed asset to TCE at 0.65%, with delinquencies
relatively stable over the half; and
Impairment charges were lower mostly from reduced write-offs direct which tend to be lower in
the first half of the year.
Economic profit
up $62 million,
5%
Economic profit growth was below the growth in cash earnings due to more capital being
allocated to the mortgage portfolio.
1
Source: RBA March 2018.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
48 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
First Half 2018 - First Half 2017
12% rise in cash earnings largely due to balance sheet growth, disciplined margin management and a reduction in
impairment charges.
Net interest
income up
$363 million,
10%
5% increase in lending, with mortgages up 6%. Other lending was $1.0 billion lower across
cards (with lower balance transfer accounts) and line of credit personal loans;
5% lift in deposits, with most of the increase in at call accounts, with online savings accounts
up $5.5 billion and transaction accounts, including mortgage offset accounts, up $3.4 billion;
and
Net interest margin was up 10 basis points from the impact of repricing of certain mortgage
types and higher term deposit spreads. This was partly offset by customer switching from
interest only lending to principal and interest loans and the introduction of the Bank Levy on 1
July 2017 (6 basis points).
Non-interest
income down
$56 million,
13%
The decline was due to the elimination and reduction of certain fees (including ATM
withdrawal fees and transaction and account keeping fees) reduced non-interest income by
$24 million; and
Cards income was $30 million lower, mostly from changes to interchange income.
Operating
expenses up
$79 million, 5%
Most of the increase in operating expenses was due to higher spending on technology,
investments and regulatory and compliance;
Increased marketing spend and costs to improve the customer experience; and
Productivity benefits largely offset business as usual expense increases.
Impairment
charges down
$39 million,
14%
Credit quality remains sound. Other consumer delinquencies improved 21 basis points to
1.65% from improved collections processes; and
This, along with higher recoveries led to lower impairment charges.
Economic profit
up $50 million,
4%
Economic profit growth was below the growth in cash earnings due to more capital being
allocated to the mortgage portfolio.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 49
3.2 Business Bank
Business Bank (BB) is responsible for sales and service to micro, SME and commercial business customers in
Australia for facilities up to approximately $150 million. The division operates under the Westpac, St.George,
BankSA and Bank of Melbourne brands. Customers are provided with a wide range of banking and financial
products and services to support their borrowing, payments and transaction needs. In addition, specialist services
are provided for cash flow finance, trade finance, automotive and equipment finance, property finance and
treasury. The division is also responsible for consumer customers with auto finance loans. BB works in an
integrated way with Consumer Bank, BTFG and WIB in the sales and service of certain financial services and
products including corporate superannuation, foreign exchange and interest rate hedging. The revenue from these
products is mostly retained by the product originator.
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income
2,021 1,975 1,910 2 6
Non-interest income
589 584 557 1 6
Net operating income
2,610 2,559 2,467 2 6
Operating expenses
(930) (921) (897) 1 4
Core earnings
1,680 1,638
1,570
3 7
Impairment charges
(137) (143) (200) (4) (32)
Operating profit before tax
1,543 1,495
1,370
3 13
Tax and non-controlling interests
(463) (450) (412) 3 12
Cash earnings
1,080 1,045
958
3 13
Economic profit
717 706 594 2 21
Expense to income ratio
35.63% 35.99% 36.36% (36bps) (73bps)
Net interest margin
2.78% 2.74% 2.70% 4bps 8bps
As at As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$bn 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Deposits
Term deposits
45.0 43.7 41.7 3 8
Other
63.3 63.3 60.6 - 4
Total deposits
108.3 107.0
102.3
1 6
Net loans
Mortgages
54.7 53.9 52.5 1 4
Business
89.5 87.9 86.2 2 4
Other
8.6 8.7 8.9 (1) (3)
Provisions
(1.1) (1.1) (1.2) - (8)
Total net loans
151.7 149.4
146.4
2 4
Deposit to loan ratio
71.39% 71.62% 69.88% (23bps) 151bps
Total assets
155.0 153.1
149.9
1 3
TCE
199.8 199.1 196.0 - 2
Average interest-earning assets
1
145.8 143.9 141.6 1 3
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
2018 2017 2017
Credit quality
Impairment charges to average loans annualised
1
0.18% 0.19% 0.27%
Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies
0.64% 0.60% 0.55%
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies
1.81% 1.68% 1.32%
Business: impaired assets to TCE
0.48% 0.47% 0.63%
Total stressed assets to TCE
2.48%
2.13% 2.29%
1
Averages are based on a six month period.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
50 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Financial performance
First Half 2018 - Second Half 2017
Cash earnings of $1,080 million was $35 million, or 3% higher than Second Half 2017. The result was supported
by a 2% increase in net operating income, disciplined expense management and a 4% reduction in impairment
charges.
Net interest
income up $46
million, 2%
The 2% increase in lending was due to 2% growth across SME (including mortgages) and
Commercial segments across a range of industries including property, entertainment and
construction;
Deposits increased $1.3 billion, or 1%, with most of the growth in term deposits (up 3%); and
Net interest margin was 4 basis points higher from repricing on certain mortgages through
2017 and higher term deposit spreads. These gains were partially offset by the Bank Levy (3
basis points).
Non-interest
income up $5
million, 1%
The rise was supported by higher business line fees from both portfolio growth and from
pricing for facilities including unused limits.
Operating
expenses up
$9 million, 1%
Most of the operating expense increase was due to higher investment related costs along with
a rise in regulatory and compliance costs; and
Increases from business as usual costs have largely been offset by productivity benefits from:
- Digital capabilities including increasing self-service and the take-up of e-statements;
- Process improvements including the extension of the simplified loan origination platform
(LOLA), greater use of electronic documents along with streamlining processes for customer
on-boarding and credit risk reviews; and
- Improving customer segmentation to better align customers to the right banker.
Impairment
charges down
$6 million, 4%
Credit quality remains sound, although the level of stressed assets to TCE increased 35 basis
points to 2.48% from 2.13%. Most of the increase in stress was from Commercial customers
moving into watchlist; and
Auto finance delinquencies were higher, mostly due to seasonal trends; and
Lower impairment charges were driven by the reduction in impaired downgrades in the
commercial portfolio, particularly on larger exposures.
Economic profit
up $11 million,
2%
Economic profit increased 2%, below the 3% lift in cash earnings as more capital was
allocated to the division, principally to mortgages and equipment finance.
First Half 2018 - First Half 2017
Cash earnings was $122 million, or 13% higher than First Half 2017 driven by core earnings growth of 7% and a
32% decline in impairment charges. Growth in core earnings was principally due to increased fee income and
higher margins.
Net interest
income up
$111 million,
6%
Lending growth of 4% was supported by an increase in SME (up 5%) and targeted industries,
including professional services and agriculture;
An 8% increase in both term deposits and transaction balances supported the 6% rise in
deposits; and
Net interest margin increased 8 basis points from an improvement in both asset and deposit
spreads. Margins increased from pricing changes on certain mortgages and business loans
and higher deposit spreads from the maturity of some highly priced term deposits. This was
partly offset by the impact of the Bank Levy (7 basis points).
Non-interest
income up $32
million, 6%
Higher line fees from both portfolio growth and the full period impact of repricing for certain
facilities, including unused limits.
Operating
expenses up
$33 million, 4%
Increased investment spending and regulatory and compliance costs led to most of the
increase; and
Business as usual cost increases were largely offset by efficiency gains from digitisation of
processes including extending the LOLA loan origination platform to St.George business
customers and improved segmentation of SME customers to bankers.
Impairment
charges down
$63 million,
32%
Credit quality remains sound, with total stressed assets to TCE of 2.48%. Auto delinquencies
were higher, but this was mostly due to the changes in treatment and reporting of hardship;
and
Lower impairment charges were principally due to a decline in individual provisions in the
commercial portfolio.
Economic profit
up $123
million, 21%
Growth was higher than the 13% rise in cash earnings as the division focused on managing
returns and reducing its exposure to more capital intensive segments.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 51
3.3 BT Financial Group (Australia)
BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG) is the Australian wealth management and insurance arm of the Westpac
Group providing a broad range of associated services. BTFG’s funds management operations include the
manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation and retirement products, wealth administration
platforms, private wealth, margin lending and equities broking. BTFG’s insurance business covers the
manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurance. The division also uses third parties
to manufacture certain general insurance products. In managing risk across all insurance classes the division
reinsures certain risks using external providers. In addition to the BT brand, BTFG operates a range of financial
service brands along with the banking brands of Westpac, St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA for Private
Wealth and Insurance.
Following the sell down of Westpac’s investment in BT Investment Management (BTIM) to 10% in May 2017, the
business is now accounted for as an available-for-sale investment. The only income from BTIM in First Half 2018
is $8 million of dividends received.
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income 285 274 237 4 20
Non-interest income 898 850 894 6 -
Net operating income 1,183 1,124 1,131 5 5
Operating expenses (601) (610) (589) (1) 2
Core earnings 582 514
542
13 7
Impairment charges (3) (1) (3) 200 -
Operating profit before tax 579 513
539
13 7
Tax and non-controlling interests (175) (156) (160) 12 9
Cash earnings 404 357
379
13 7
Economic profit 332 267 298 24 11
Expense to income ratio 50.80% 54.27% 52.08% (347bps) (128bps)
Income on invested capital
1
25 30 36 (17) (31)
As at As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$bn 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Deposits 31.7 30.7 29.7 3 7
Net loans
Loans 20.8 20.1 19.3 3 8
Provisions - - - - -
Total net loans 20.8 20.1
19.3
3 8
Deposit to loan ratio 152.40% 152.74% 153.89% (34bps) (149bps)
Total funds 197.7 191.4 191.5 3 3
Average funds
2
198.2 192.6 183.6 3 8
Cash earnings
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Full Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Funds Management business 253 175 238 45 6
Insurance 133 173 117 (23) 14
Total Funds Management and Insurance 386 348 355 11 9
Capital and other 18 9 24 100 (25)
Total cash earnings 404 357
379
13 7
1
Income on Invested Capital represents revenue generated from investing BTFG’s capital balances (required for regulatory purposes).
2
Averages are based on a six month period.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
52 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Financial performance
First Half 2018 - Second Half 2017
Cash earnings of $404 million, was $47 million or 13% higher than Second Half 2017. While the business
continued to grow with higher funds, increased insurance premiums and a rise in lending, performance was
impacted by seasonally higher insurance claims. Cash earnings growth for the half also benefited from the non-
repeat of provisions for customer refunds and payments raised in Second Half 2017 of $58 million (post-tax).
Net interest
income up $11
million, 4%
Continued growth in Private Wealth was primarily driven by a 3% rise in deposits and 3% rise
in loans; and
Net interest margin was up 8 basis points from pricing changes to certain mortgage types and
higher deposit spreads. These were partly offset by the impact of the Bank Levy ($5 million).
Non-interest
income up $48
million, 6%
Funds Management contribution was up $94 million (or 18%):
- Lift in funds income mainly due to provisions raised in Second Half 2017 for customer
refunds and payments ($83 million) not repeated. This was partially offset by lower margins
from product mix changes, including the migration to MySuper products which has now been
completed and a lower regulatory change levy;
- Panorama has seen funds on the platform rise by around 40% to $9.4 billion. These gains
have been partially offset by net outflows on legacy platforms, with some third party advisors
switching customers to their own platforms;
- A higher contribution from investments in boutique funds also contributed to the rise; and
- Offsetting growth has been lower advice income ($6 million) mostly from reduced activity.
Insurance income was $42 million (or 15%) lower:
- General insurance was $40 million lower from higher claims including for major weather
events (Victorian hailstorms, Cyclone Marcus in the Northern Territory along with New South
Wales and Victorian bushfires);
- Life insurance was higher from an increase in in-force premiums. The rise was principally
due to BTFG commencing management of Group Insurance for BTFG Corporate Super; and
- LMI contribution was $3 million lower, as the volume of higher LVR loans written was lower.
Returns on capital were $4 million down due to a lower investment contribution.
Operating
expenses
down $9
million, 1%
The decline in operating expenses over the half was mostly due to seasonal factors as
expenses tend to be higher in the second half of the year to support end of financial year
activities;
Productivity savings, including from the centralisation of certain activities, more than offset
business as usual expense increases; and
Partly offsetting this, investment expenses were higher mostly from costs associated with the
continued development of Panorama.
Economic profit
up $65 million,
24%
The uplift in economic profit was higher than the increase in cash earnings due to changes in
BTFG’s operating structure, including a reduction in corporate entities which has reduced the
capital required to be held by the division.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 53
First Half 2018 - First Half 2017
Cash earnings was $25 million or 7% higher than First Half 2017, mostly due to higher net interest income from
balance sheet growth and an increase in net interest margin.
Net interest
income up $48
million, 20%
Balance sheet growth was mostly due to Private Wealth with deposit growth of 7% and
lending up 8%; and
Net interest margin was up 33 basis points mostly due to pricing changes of certain mortgage
types and term deposits. These were partly offset by the impact of the Bank Levy ($9 million).
Non-interest
income up $4
million, flat
The Funds Management contribution was down $15 million (or 2%), this was mostly due to
lower revenue following the further sale of shares in BTIM (with $23 million recorded in First
Half 2017 and $8 million in First Half 2018);
- Funds revenue was also higher, with 8% growth in average funds, including from higher
markets, partially offset by lower margins from product mix changes; and
- Advice income was $20 million lower mostly from reduced activity, partly offset by higher
Ascalon seed pool performance ($14 million).
Insurance income was up $29 million (or 14%);
- General insurance income was $34 million higher mostly from lower claims associated with
seasonal weather events which were $44 million lower in First Half 2018;
- Life insurance income was $7 million higher with growth in in-force premiums including from
the management of Group Insurance for BTFG Corporate Super. These gains were partly
offset by higher claims; and
- LMI contribution was lower from a reduction in loans originated with an LVR >90%.
Capital and other income was down $10 million mostly related to higher hedging costs.
Operating
expenses up
$12 million, 2%
Most of the increase in operating expenses was from investment related spending, including
costs associated with Panorama;
Regulatory and compliance costs have remained high but were flat compared to the prior
corresponding period; and
Productivity savings mostly offset business as usual expense increases.
Economic profit
up $34 million,
11%
A reduction in capital, following a return of capital from a reduction in Life Insurance entities
and an increase in cash earnings has resulted in an 11% increase in economic profit.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
54 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
3.3.1 Funds Management business
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income 281 268 228 5 23
Non-interest income
1
631 537 646 18 (2)
Net operating income 912 805 874 13 4
Operating expenses (544) (549) (535) (1) 2
Core earnings 368 256 339
44
9
Impairment charges (4) (2) (1) 100 large
Operating profit before tax 364 254 338
43
8
Tax and non-controlling interests (111) (79) (100) 41 11
Cash earnings 253 175 238
45
6
Expense to income ratio 59.65% 68.20% 61.21% large (156bps)
Movement of Group Funds
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March
Net Other 30 Sept 31 March
Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$bn 2018 Inflows Outflows Flows Mov't
2
2017 2017
Sept 17 Mar 17
Superannuation 37.4 1.9 (1.7) 0.2 1.0 36.2 35.8 3 4
Platforms 118.6 12.0 (12.2) (0.2) 3.5 115.3 113.3 3 5
Packaged funds
3
38.0 3.2 (2.5) 0.7 0.9 36.4 38.4 4 (1)
Other
4
3.7 - - - 0.2 3.5 4.0 6 (8)
Total funds 197.7
17.1
(16.4)
0.7
5.6 191.4 191.5
3 3
Market share in key Australian wealth products are displayed below.
Current Australian market share
5
Market
Product share
Rank
Platforms (includes Wrap and Corporate Super) 18.4% 1
Retail (excludes Cash) 17.5% 1
Corporate Super 12.6%
3
1
Second Half 2017 includes investments revaluation loss of $32 million.
2
Other movement includes market movement and other client transactions including fund transfers, account fees and distributions.
3
Packaged funds include Advance and Management Accounts.
4
Other includes Capital and Reserves.
5
Market share of Group Funds based on published market share statistics from Strategic Insight as at 31 December 2017 and
represents the addition of St.George Wealth and BT Wealth business market share at this time.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 55
3.3.2 Insurance business
The Insurance business result includes the Westpac and St.George Life Insurance, General Insurance and
Lenders Mortgage Insurance (LMI) businesses.
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year
Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m
March 18
Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income
3
4 6 (25) (50)
Non-interest income
243
285 214 (15) 14
Net operating income
246
289 220 (15) 12
Operating expenses
(55)
(49) (50) 12 10
Core earnings
191
240
170
(20) 12
Impairment (charges) / benefits
-
2 (2) (100) (100)
Operating profit before tax
191
242
168
(21) 14
Tax and non-controlling interests
(58)
(69) (51) (16) 14
Cash earnings
133
173
117
(23) 14
Expense to income ratio
22.36%
16.96% 22.73% large (37bps)
Cash earnings
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year
Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m
March 18
Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Life Insurance
75
84 76 (11) (1)
General Insurance
43
73 18 (41) 139
Lenders Mortgage Insurance
15
16 23 (6) (35)
Total cash earnings
133
173
117
(23) 14
Insurance key metrics
Life Insurance in-force premiums
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year
Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m
March 18
Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Life Insurance in-force premiums at start of period
1,068 1,030 973 4 10
Sales / New Business
1
283 112 122 153 132
Lapses
(75) (74) (65) 1 15
Life Insurance in-force premiums at end of period
2
1,276 1,068
1,030
19 24
Claims ratios
3
for Insurance Business
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year
Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
(%)
March 18
Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Life Insurance
44 35 38
26
16
General Insurance
54 35 71
54
(24)
Lenders Mortgage Insurance
20 27 7
(26)
186
Gross written premiums
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year
Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m
March 18
Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
General Insurance gross written premium
251
258 250 (3) -
Lenders Mortgage Insurance gross written premium
4
90
109 141 (17) (36)
1
First Half 2017 includes a methodology change for the calculation of premium discounts, creating a one-off increase of $32 million.
This has no impact on earned premiums. Sales/New Business for First Half 2018 includes $201 million from Group Life insurance for
BTFG Corporate Super.
2
As at 1 January 2018, Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited became the preferred insurer for BTFG Corporate Superannuation
members. The life insurance in-force premium for First Half 2018 consists of $1 billion retail, $276 million Group Life Insurance.
(Second Half 2017: $993 million retail, $75 million Group Life Insurances; First Half 2017: $966 million retail, $64 million Group Life
insurance).
3
Claims ratios are claims over earned premium plus reinsurance rebate. The lenders mortgage insurance claims ratios have been
calculated to include exchange commission.
4
LMI gross written premium includes loans >90% LVR reinsured with Arch Reinsurance Limited. First Half 2018 gross written
premiums includes $62 million from the arrangement (Second Half 2017: $73 million; First Half 2017 $107 million).
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
56 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
3.4 Westpac Institutional Bank
Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial products and services to commercial,
corporate, institutional and government customers with connections to Australia and New Zealand. WIB operates
through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams, with expert knowledge in financing,
transactional banking, and financial and debt capital markets. Customers are supported throughout Australia as
well as via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, the US, UK and Asia. WIB is also responsible for
Westpac Pacific currently providing a range of banking services in Fiji and PNG. WIB works in an integrated way
with all the Group’s divisions in the provision of more complex financial needs including across foreign exchange
and fixed interest solutions.
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income 675 672 656 - 3
Non-interest income 749 749 958 - (22)
Net operating income 1,424 1,421 1,614 - (12)
Operating expenses (675) (680) (671) (1) 1
Core earnings 749 741
943
1 (21)
Impairment (charges) / benefits 17 8 (64) 113 large
Operating profit before tax 766 749
879
2 (13)
Tax and non-controlling interests (215) (219) (250) (2) (14)
Cash earnings 551 530
629
4 (12)
Economic profit 224 200 267 12 (16)
Expense to income ratio 47.40% 47.85% 41.57% (45bps) large
Net interest margin 1.58% 1.62% 1.56% (4bps) 2bps
As at As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$bn 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Deposits 98.9 92.1 98.5 7 -
Net loans
Loans 76.4 74.4 72.1 3 6
Provisions (0.3) (0.3) (0.5) - (40)
Total net loans 76.1 74.1
71.6
3 6
Deposit to loan ratio 129.96% 124.29% 137.57% large large
Total assets 104.8 103.1 104.0 2 1
TCE 251.2 249.1 245.2 1 2
Average interest-earning assets
1
85.9 82.6 84.5 4 2
Impairment charges/(benefits) to average loans annualised (0.05%) (0.02%) 0.18% (3bps) large
Impaired assets to TCE 0.04% 0.07% 0.18% (3bps) (14bps)
Total stressed assets to TCE 0.52% 0.55% 0.59% (3bps) (7bps)
Total funds 6.6 12.5 11.3 (47) (42)
Revenue contribution
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Lending and deposit revenue 790 785 764 1 3
Markets, sales and fee income 451 447 504 1 (11)
Total customer revenue 1,241 1,232
1,268
1 (2)
Derivative valuation adjustments - 27 19 (100) (100)
Trading revenue 161 71 246 127 (35)
Hastings 23 63 30 (63) (23)
Other
2
(1) 28 51 large large
Total WIB revenue 1,424 1,421
1,614
- (12)
1
Averages are based on a six month period.
2
Includes capital benefit and the Bank Levy.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 57
Financial performance
First Half 2018 - Second Half 2017
Cash earnings of $551 million was $21 million, or 4%, higher than Second Half 2017. This was supported by the
1% increase in core earnings and an impairment benefit.
Net interest
income up $3
million, flat
• Loans increased 3% primarily with growth in Asia trade finance ($1.2 billion) and lending
across financial institutions, natural resources and large corporates;
• Deposits were up 7% primarily from higher Australian term deposits and term deposits
originating in Asia supporting the higher lending in that region; and
• Net interest margin declined 4 basis points, primarily from the full period impact of the Bank
Levy (3 basis points).
Non-interest
income flat
• Markets income was higher mostly from higher income across commodities and foreign
exchange; and
• Partially offset by a lower Hastings contribution including seasonally lower performance fees
($30 million).
Operating
expenses
down $5
million, 1%
• Productivity initiatives, including refinement of the division’s operating model, led to the 1%
reduction in operating expenses.
Impairment
benefit of $17
million, up $9
million
• Impaired assets to TCE reduced 3 basis points to 0.04% with no new large impaired assets
emerging over the period; and
• Impairment charges were a benefit from write-backs following the successful work-out of
several impaired facilities.
Economic profit
up $24
million,12%
• Disciplined balance sheet management and a reduction in capital allocated to certain
institutional facilities has reduced allocated capital. Combined with higher cash earnings led
to the 12% increase in economic profit.
First Half 2018 - First Half 2017
Cash earnings was $78 million or 12% lower compared to First Half 2017. The primary reason for the decline was
the strong markets performance in the prior corresponding period which was not repeated.
Net interest
income up $19
million, 3%
• Loans increased 6% with growth in Asia (including trade finance of $1.7 billion) and utilisation
of mortgage warehouse facilities following the run-down of balances in First Half 2017 as
loans were securitised;
• Deposits were up $0.4 billion although there was a shift in the composition of Australian
deposits with higher transaction balances offset by lower term deposits. Offshore deposits
were up, consistent with the growth in lending in Asia; and
• Net interest margin was 2 basis points higher from disciplined loan pricing and changes in
deposit mix, partly offset by the impact of the Bank Levy (7 basis points).
Non-interest
income down
$209 million,
22%
• Markets revenue was lower compared to First Half 2017, which benefited from strong trading
income and fees associated with a number of large customer transactions. By comparison,
fewer large transactions occurred in First Half 2018.
Operating
expenses up
$4 million, 1%
• Operating expense growth of 1% was mainly due to increased risk and compliance costs.
Productivity savings largely offset business as usual expenses.
Impairment
benefit $17
million
compared to
an impairment
charge of $64
million
• Credit quality remained sound, with the ratio of impaired assets to TCE down 14 basis points
following the work-out and write-off of some larger facilities; and
• The movement in impairment charges was due primarily to a small number of large
impairments in First Half 2017 that were not repeated.
Economic profit
down $43
million, 16%
• Economic profit was down 16% from the reduction in cash earnings from the lower financial
markets contribution.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
58 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
3.5 Westpac New Zealand
Westpac New Zealand is responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for
consumers, business and institutional customers in New Zealand. Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking
business through two banks in New Zealand: Westpac New Zealand Limited, which is incorporated in New
Zealand and Westpac Banking Corporation (New Zealand Branch), which is incorporated in Australia. Westpac
New Zealand operates via an extensive network of branches and ATMs across both the North and South Islands.
Business and institutional customers are also served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking
products are provided under the Westpac brand while insurance and wealth products are provided under Westpac
Life and BT brands, respectively. Westpac New Zealand also maintains its own infrastructure, including
technology, operations and treasury. All figures are in New Zealand dollars (NZ$).
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
NZ$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income
922 899 839 3 10
Non-interest income
244 252 259 (3) (6)
Net operating income
1,166 1,151 1,098 1 6
Operating expenses
(468) (475) (487) (1) (4)
Core earnings
698 676 611
3 14
Impairment (charges) / benefits
(27) 40 36 large large
Operating profit before tax
671 716 647
(6) 4
Tax and non-controlling interests
(189) (208) (184) (9) 3
Cash earnings
482 508 463
(5) 4
Economic profit
207 236 195 (12) 6
Expense to income ratio
40.14% 41.27% 44.35% (113bps) large
Net interest margin
2.15% 2.09% 1.96% 6bps 19bps
As at As at As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
NZ$bn 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Deposits
Term deposits
31.6 30.0 27.8 5 14
Other
30.0 28.4 29.0 6 3
Total deposits
1
61.6 58.4 56.8
5 8
Net loans
Mortgages
47.9 46.9 46.2 2 4
Business
29.5 28.6 28.6 3 3
Other
2.1 2.2 2.1 (5) -
Provisions
(0.4) (0.4) (0.4) - -
Total net loans
79.1 77.3 76.5
2 3
Deposit to loan ratio
77.88% 75.55% 74.25% 233bps 363bps
Total assets
89.8 88.3 87.1
2 3
TCE
111.7 108.8 107.0 3 4
Third party liquid assets
8.6 8.7 8.4 (1) 2
Average interest-earning assets
2
86.0 86.0 85.6 - -
Total funds
10.3 10.1 9.7 2 6
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
2018 2017 2017
Credit quality
Impairment charges/(benefits) to average loans annualised
0.07% (0.10%) (0.09%)
Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies
0.16% 0.12% 0.14%
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies
0.86% 0.57% 0.58%
Impaired assets to TCE
0.21% 0.18% 0.20%
Total stressed assets to TCE
1.86%
2.06% 2.41%
1
Total deposits in this table refer to total customer deposits.
2
Averages are based on a six month period.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 59
Financial performance (NZ$)
First Half 2018 - Second Half 2017
Core earnings increased 3% over the half supported by a 6 basis point increase in net interest margin and
productivity benefits. An impairment charge of NZ$27 million in First Half 2018, compared to an impairment
benefit of NZ$40 million in Second Half 2017, resulted in cash earnings being 5% lower than Second Half 2017.
Net interest
income
up $23 million,
3%
• Lending increased 2%, a little below system as the division focused on return over growth.
The increase was split across mortgages and business lending. Three quarters of the
mortgage growth was in owner occupied lending while business growth was across a broad
range of sectors;
• Deposits increased 5% over the half, fully funding loan growth. Growth was spread evenly
across term and at call accounts from both consumers and businesses; and
• Net interest margin was up 6 basis points from some repricing of mortgages and business
lending. These were partly offset by lower deposit spreads from changes in deposit mix (as
customers switched to higher yield term deposits) and competition for term deposits.
Non-interest
income
down $8
million, 3%
• Decline was due primarily to lower cards income and a decline in institutional fees; and
• Higher income from a further rise in total funds which was up 2%, partly offset the decline.
Operating
expenses
down $7
million, 1%
• In 2017 New Zealand completed the first phase of its transformation program, with the
benefits from that program continuing to flow through. Project spend associated with the
program was also lower; and
• Productivity savings from this program included lower network costs with fewer branches (a
further five branches closed in First Half 2018), increased self-
serve and digitising more
activity.
Impairment
charge of $27
million
compared to
an impairment
benefit of $40
million
• Credit quality improved with stressed assets to TCE reducing 20 basis points to 1.86%. The
decline was mostly due to the continued improvement in the dairy sector. Other consumer
delinquencies increased 29 basis points to 86 basis points, mostly from an operational issue
in credit card collections; and
• The movement in impairment charges was principally due to increasing consumer
delinquencies and Second Half 2017 benefiting from write-backs on some large facilities and
improvements in the dairy industry.
Economic profit
down $29
million, 12%
• The 12% reduction in economic profit is greater than the 5% reduction in cash earnings due
the impact of the $67 million movement in impairment charges.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
60 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
First Half 2018 - First Half 2017
Core earnings increased 14% supported by a 19 basis point rise in net interest margin and productivity benefits
leading to lower expenses. An impairment charge of NZ$27 million in First Half 2018, compared to an impairment
benefit of NZ$36 million in First Half 2017, resulted in lower cash earnings growth (4%).
Net interest
income up $83
million, 10%
• Two thirds of the 3% growth in lending was in mortgages with most of the remainder in
business lending across a broad range of sectors;
• Deposit balances grew around twice the level of lending resulting in the deposit to loan ratio
increasing by over three percentage points. Most deposit growth was in term products as
customers sought higher yields in the low interest rate environment; and
• Net interest margin was 19 basis points higher, supported by disciplined growth and repricing
of certain mortgages and business loans. First Half 2017 also included a one-off $10 million
adjustment (a cost) associated with accelerating the amortisation of deferred mortgage costs
(this contributed 2 basis points to the rise in margins). These benefits were partly offset by
lower deposit spreads from competition for term deposits.
Non-interest
income down
$15 million, 6%
• Decline was primarily from the full period impact of removing certain consumer fees in 2017.
Institutional banking fees were also lower given reduced activity; and
• Declines were partially offset by fees from a 6% increase in total funds balances and higher
insurance income from lower claims. Merchant fees were also higher following some repricing
through the half.
Operating
expenses
down $19
million, 4%
• The decline in expenses was due to productivity initiatives flowing from the division’s
transformation program. This included increased self-serve and digitisation of activity, which
supported a net reduction of six branches along with savings from reviews of major contracts.
Project spend associated with the program was also lower.
Impairment
charge of $27
million
compared to
an impairment
benefit of $36
million
• Credit quality remained sound with stressed assets to TCE reducing 55 basis points to 1.86%.
The decline was due mostly to improved conditions in the dairy sector. Consumer 90+ day
delinquencies were higher but continued to be at near historic lows; and
• The movement in impairment charges was mostly due to the absence of the benefits reflected
in First Half 2017 from the work-out and write-back of a few large facilities.
Economic profit
up $12 million,
6%
• Economic profit growth was higher than the 4% rise in cash earnings with no major changes in
capital allocated.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 61
3.6 Group Businesses
This segment comprises:
• Treasury which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding,
capital and management of liquidity. Treasury also manages the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risks
inherent in the balance sheet, including managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities.
Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from managing the Group’s balance sheet and interest rate risk,
(excluding Westpac New Zealand) within set risk limits;
• Group Technology
1
, which comprises functions for the Australian businesses, is responsible for technology
strategy and architecture, infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration;
• Core Support
2
, which comprises functions performed centrally, including Australian banking operations,
property services, strategy, finance, risk, compliance, legal and human resources; and
• Group Businesses also includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, accounting entries for certain
intra-group transactions that facilitate presentation of performance of the Group’s operating segments, earnings
from non-core asset sales, earnings and costs associated with the Group’s Fintech investments, and certain
other head office items such as centrally raised provisions.
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income
437 291 422 50 4
Non-interest income
13 (14) (19) large large
Net operating income
450 277 403 62 12
Operating expenses
(289) (224) (232) 29 25
Core earnings
161 53 171
large (6)
Impairment (charges) / benefits
(13) 32 11 large large
Operating profit before tax
148 85 182
74 (19)
Tax and non-controlling interests
(90) (77) (98) 17 (8)
Cash earnings
58 8 84
large (31)
Treasury
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net interest income
406 272 403 49 1
Non-interest income
6 5 3 20 100
Net operating income
412 277 406 49 1
Cash earnings
269 172 264
56 2
Treasury Value at Risk (VaR)
3
$m Average High Low
Six months ended 31 March 2018
39.3
56.7 27.0
Six months ended 30 September 2017
33.2
57.4 24.2
Six months ended 31 March 2017
43.6
56.4 31.4
1
Costs are fully allocated to other divisions in the Group.
2
Costs are partially allocated to other divisions in the Group, with costs attributed to enterprise activity retained in Group Businesses.
3
VaR includes trading book and banking book exposures. The banking book component includes interest rate risk, credit spread risk in
liquid assets and other basis risks as used for internal management purposes.
2018 Interim financial results
Divisional results
62 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Financial performance
First Half 2018 - Second Half 2017
Cash earnings increased $50 million in the half primarily from higher Treasury revenue, offset by increased
expenses and higher impairment charges.
Net operating
income
up $173
million, 62%
Net interest income increased $146 million primarily from Treasury related to interest rate risk
management, including management of short-term basis risk; and
Non-interest income increased $27 million due to the impact of New Zealand earnings hedges
and a $10m gain on asset sales.
Expenses
up $65 million,
29%
Increase in costs associated with the Royal Commission;
Additional employee costs; and
Lower GST and payroll tax recoveries.
Impairment
charges
$45 million
movement
Movement in impairments reflecting a change to centrally held overlays, predominantly from
an increase in the overlays provision in the half ($12 million), compared to a $32 million
benefit in Second Half 2017.
Tax and non-
controlling
interests
up $13 million,
17%
Effective tax rate is higher than the Australian company tax rate of 30%, mostly due to the
impact of hybrid distributions that are not tax deductible.
First Half 2018 - First Half 2017
Cash earnings decreased $26 million primarily from increased expenses and higher impairment charges, partly
offset by higher non-interest income.
Net operating
income
up $47 million,
12%
Impact of New Zealand earnings hedges and gain from asset sales; and
Treasury revenue was little changed.
Expenses
up $57 million,
25%
Higher regulatory and compliance costs, including costs associated with the Royal
Commission;
An increase in employee costs; and
Expenses associated with the Group’s fintech investments.
Impairment
charges
$24 million
movement
Movement in impairments reflecting a $13 million charge, primarily from an increase in the
centrally held overlay provision during the half, compared to an $11 million benefit in First Half
2017.
2018 Interim financial results
Table of contents
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 63
4.0 Interim financial report 2018
4.1 Directors’ report 64
4.2 Consolidated income statement 89
4.3 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 90
4.4 Consolidated balance sheet 91
4.5 Consolidated statement of changes in equity 92
4.6 Consolidated cash flow statement 93
4.7 Notes to the consolidated financial statements 94
Note 1 Basis of preparation
94
Note 2 Segment reporting
97
Note 3 Net interest income
101
Note 4 Non-interest income
102
Note 5 Operating expenses
103
Note 6 Income tax
104
Note 7 Earnings per share
105
Note 8 Average balance sheet and interest rates
106
Note 9 Loans
107
Note 10 Provisions for impairment charges
108
Note 11 Credit quality
109
Note 12 Deposits and other borrowings
111
Note 13 Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
112
Note 14 Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments
118
Note 15 Shareholders’ equity
121
Note 16 Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement
123
Note 17 Subsequent events
124
4.8 Statutory statements 125
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
64 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
4.0 Interim financial report 2018
4.1 Directors’ report
The Directors of Westpac present their report together with the financial statements of Westpac and its controlled
entities (collectively referred to as ‘the Group’) for the half year ended 31 March 2018.
Directors
The names of the Directors of Westpac holding office at any time during, and since the end of, the half year and
the period for which each has served as a Director are set out below:
Name Position
Lindsay Maxsted Chairman since December 2011 and Director since March 2008.
Brian Hartzer Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer since February 2015.
Nerida Caesar Director since September 2017.
Ewen Crouch AM Director since February 2013.
Alison Deans Director since April 2014.
Craig Dunn Director since June 2015.
Robert Elstone Retired in December 2017. Director from February 2012.
Peter Hawkins Director since December 2008.
Peter Marriott Director since June 2013.
Peter Nash Director since March 2018.
Review and results of the Group’s operations during the half year
Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for First Half 2018 was $4,198 million, an
increase of $291 million or 7% compared to First Half 2017. Features of this result included a $384 million or 4%
increase in net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges, a $92 million or 2%
increase in operating expenses and a $100 million or 20% decrease in impairment charges.
Net interest income increased $665 million or 9% compared to First Half 2017, with total loan growth of 5%, mostly
from Australian housing which grew 6%. Reported net interest margin increased 11 basis points to 2.16%,
reflecting higher spreads on certain mortgage types (including investor lending and loans with an interest-only
feature), and increased deposit spreads. These were partly offset by the Bank Levy which was effective from July
2017.
Non-interest income decreased $281 million or 9% compared to First Half 2017 primarily due to a decrease in
trading income of $226 million and the impact of economic hedges on New Zealand earnings ($63 million lower).
Operating expenses increased $92 million or 2% compared to First Half 2017. The rise in operating expenses
includes annual salary increases and higher technology expenses related to the Group’s investment program and
a rise in regulatory and compliance costs, including costs associated with the Royal Commission. These increases
were partly offset by productivity benefits and lower amortisation of intangibles.
Impairment charges were $100 million or 20% lower compared to First Half 2017. Asset quality remained sound,
with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures at 1.09%, down 5 basis points compared to
First Half 2017. The decrease in the impairment charges was primarily due to reduced individual provisions for
larger facilities.
The effective tax rate of 30.4% was lower than the First Half 2017 effective tax rate of 30.7%.
The Board has determined an interim dividend of 94 cents per share, unchanged compared to the interim dividend
determined for First Half 2017. The interim dividend is fully franked.
A review of the operations and results of the Group and its divisions for the half year ended 31 March 2018 is set
out in Section 2 and Section 3 of this Interim Financial Results Announcement and in ‘Risk factors’, which forms
part of the Directors’ Report.
Further information about our financial position and financial results is included in the financial statements, which
form part of the Interim financial report.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 65
Significant developments
Corporate significant developments
Bank Levy for Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs)
On 23 June 2017, legislation was enacted that introduced a new levy on ADIs with liabilities of at least $100 billion
(Bank Levy). The Bank Levy became effective from 1 July 2017 and the rate is set at 0.06% per annum of certain
ADI liabilities. There is no end date provided for the Bank Levy.
Royal Commission into the banking, superannuation and financial services industries
On 14 December 2017, the Australian Government established a Royal Commission into potential misconduct in
Australia's banks and other financial services entities. The terms of reference for the Royal Commission require it
to consider (amongst other things) the conduct of banks, insurers, financial service providers, superannuation
funds (not including self-managed superannuation funds) and intermediaries between borrowers and lenders, and
the effectiveness of Australian regulators in addressing misconduct in financial institutions. The Royal Commission
is not required to inquire into matters such as the financial stability of Australia's banks. A final report is to be
provided by the Commission to the Australian Government by 1 February 2019, and an interim report may be
produced no later than 30 September 2018.
The Royal Commission is currently investigating potential misconduct and conduct, practices, behaviour or
business activities by financial services entities that may fall below community standards and expectations. The
Commission has invited public submissions to identify instances of alleged misconduct and systemic issues which
may have contributed to such conduct as well as the public's views on what changes the Royal Commission
should recommend. Public hearings have also taken place (with more expected to be scheduled) to consider
aspects of alleged conduct in the financial services industry in greater detail, in which a number of consumers
have given evidence of their particular experiences.
Westpac participated in the first and second round of public hearings relating to consumer lending practices and
the provision of financial advice. In closing submissions for these hearings, Counsel Assisting identified a number
of issues that have the potential to impact the broader financial services industry. These issues included matters
such as the appropriateness of various industry practices, including the treatment of customers, remuneration,
governance and compliance with legal and regulatory obligations, as well as aspects of industry structure.
In addition, Counsel Assisting identified a number of findings it regarded as open to the Commission to make in
respect of the case studies the Commission considered during the hearing phases. These include certain
breaches of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth) and Australian
Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth) by various financial services entities including Westpac.
The Commission will consider Counsel Assisting’s submissions and determine whether or not to make findings of
misconduct by relevant financial services entities including, potentially, Westpac. The terms of reference also
require the Royal Commission to investigate the adequacy of existing laws and policies of the Federal Government
relating to the provision of banking, superannuation and financial services, and whether any further changes to the
legal framework are necessary to minimise the likelihood of misconduct. Consequently, as part of its findings, the
Royal Commission is likely to recommend changes to Australia's legal framework regarding certain aspects of
financial services. In the event that the Federal Government supports the recommended changes, it may make
changes to legislation and regulation. The Royal Commission will also investigate the practices of our regulators.
These investigations, and any findings or recommendations made by the Royal Commission, may lead to
regulators commencing investigations into various financial services entities including Westpac, which could
subsequently result in administrative or enforcement action being taken. It could also lead to our regulators
altering their existing policies and practices (including increasing their expectations for entities that they regulate,
including Westpac).
Parliamentary inquiries and other reviews
On 16 September 2016, the Chairman of the House of Representatives Standing Committee on Economics
announced that the Committee had commenced its Review of the Four Major Banks (Parliamentary Review). The
terms of reference for the Parliamentary Review are wide-ranging, with one area of focus being how individual
banks and the industry as a whole are responding to issues identified through other inquiries, including through the
Australian Banking Association (ABA) action plan. Westpac attended public hearings of the Parliamentary Review
on 6 October 2016, 8 March 2017 and 11 October 2017. Westpac will appear at the next round of public hearings
on 11 October 2018.
The first report of the Parliamentary Review was published on 24 November 2016 and contained ten
recommendations.
The second report was published on 21 April 2017. In its second report, the Committee restated its support for the
recommendations in the first report and supported a recommendation of the Australian Small Business and Family
Enterprise Ombudsman to remove non-monetary default clauses in small business loan contracts.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
66 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
The third report was published on 7 December 2017. In its third report, the Committee made recommendations to
ensure merchants have the choice of how to process "tap and go" payments on dual network cards, that the
Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) as part of its inquiry into residential mortgage
products should assess the repricing of interest-only mortgages that occurred in June 2017, that legislation is
introduced to mandate banks' participation in Comprehensive Credit Reporting and that the Attorney-General
should review the threshold transaction reporting obligations in light of the issues identified in the Australian
Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre's case against the Commonwealth Bank of Australia.
In May 2017, the Australian Government announced that it supported nine of the ten recommendations made by
the Committee in its first report and announced a range of measures designed to implement these
recommendations, such as:
• the introduction of the Banking Executive Accountability Regime (discussed below);
• an independent review to recommend the best approach to implement an open banking regime with respect to
banking product and consumer data (discussed below); and
• the creation of a new dispute resolution framework, including the establishment of the Australian Financial
Complaints Authority, which is designed to be a single external dispute resolution body for the handling of
financial and superannuation disputes and is expected to be operational by 1 November 2018.
On 29 November 2016, the Senate referred an inquiry into the regulatory framework for the protection of
consumers, including small businesses, in the banking, insurance and financial services sector to the Senate
Economics References Committee. The terms of reference for the inquiry focus on a range of matters relating to
the protection of consumers against wrongdoing in the sector. They also require the inquiry to examine the
availability and adequacy of redress and support for consumers who have been victims of wrongdoing. The inquiry
is scheduled to produce a report by 26 June 2018.
In addition to the reviews and inquiries mentioned above, the ACCC is undertaking a specific inquiry, until 30 June
2018, into the pricing of residential mortgages by those banks affected by the Bank Levy (including Westpac),
which includes monitoring the extent to which the Bank Levy is passed on to customers. An interim report was
published in March 2018 and a final report is due later in 2018.
The inquiry into the pricing of residential mortgages is the first task of the Financial Services Unit (FSU),
established by the ACCC in 2017 to undertake regular inquiries into specific financial services competition issues.
From July 2018 onwards, the FSU will commence market studies work. The precise scope of that work has not yet
been determined, and could include a review of the impact of regulatory measures which affect the ability of
smaller banks to compete against the major banks, barriers to entry in financial services markets and consumer
switching.
On 1 May 2018, in the context of the publication of the final report in relation to the prudential inquiry into The
Commonwealth Bank of Australia, APRA indicated that all regulated financial institutions would benefit from
conducting a self-assessment into their frameworks and practices in relation to governance, culture and
accountability. For large financial institutions such as Westpac, APRA noted it will also be seeking written
assessments in relation to these matters that have been reviewed and endorsed by their Board. It is expected that
matters relating to governance, culture and accountability will continue to be ongoing areas of focus for APRA.
As these reviews and inquiries progress, they may lead to further regulation and reform.
Open banking regime
On 9 February 2018 the final report of the Review into Open Banking in Australia was released. The report makes
50 recommendations in total, including recommendations on:
• the regulatory framework to support open banking;
• what data should be shared and with whom;
• what safeguards are needed to inspire confidence in data sharing;
• how data should be transferred; and
• how open banking should be rolled out.
A Government response to the report is expected in 2018. The report recommends that the major banks, including
Westpac, would need to achieve compliance 12 months after the Government response. Westpac lodged a
submission with Treasury on 23 March 2018 in response to the review.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 67
Banking Executive Accountability Regime
In February 2018, the Australian Parliament enacted the Banking Executive Accountability Regime (BEAR), which
will be included in the Banking Act 1959. The Government's stated intention is to introduce a strengthened
responsibility and accountability framework for the most senior and influential directors and executives in ADI
groups (referred to as 'accountable persons' under BEAR). BEAR applies to large ADIs, such as Westpac, from 1
July 2018 (with transitional arrangements for certain aspects of BEAR).
BEAR involves a range of new measures, including:
• imposing a set of requirements to be met by ADIs and accountable persons, including accountability
obligations;
• requirements for ADIs to register accountable persons with APRA prior to their commencement in an
accountable person role, to maintain and provide APRA with a map of the roles and responsibilities of
accountable persons across the ADI group, and to give APRA accountability statements for each accountable
person detailing that individual's roles and responsibilities; and
• new and stronger APRA enforcement powers, including disqualification powers in relation to accountable
persons who breach the obligations of BEAR and a new civil penalty regime that will enable APRA to seek civil
penalties in the Federal Court of up to $210 million (for large ADIs, such as Westpac) where an ADI breaches
its obligations under BEAR and the breach relates to 'prudential matters'.
Productivity Commission Inquiry into Competition in the Australian Financial System
In May 2017, the Australian Government announced a Productivity Commission inquiry into competition in the
financial system. This review was a recommendation of the Financial System Inquiry. The terms of reference are
broad and require the Productivity Commission to review competition in Australia's financial system with a view to
improving consumer outcomes, the productivity and international competitiveness of the financial system and the
economy more broadly, and supporting ongoing financial system innovation, while balancing these with financial
stability objectives.
The Productivity Commission released its draft report on 7 February 2018 in which it found that financial system
regulation since the Global Financial Crisis had favoured stability over competition. A number of the Productivity
Commission's draft recommendations were aimed at addressing this perceived regulatory imbalance, including
that:
• the Australian Government implement an open banking system (refer to section on open banking regime
above);
• an existing regulator receive a mandate to 'champion' competition in the financial system;
• ASIC impose a clear duty on mortgage aggregators that are owned by lenders to act in the consumer's best
interest;
• the Australian Government require all lenders to offer customers refunds for the cost of lenders mortgage
insurance when customers elect to refinance or pay out their loan; and
• the Payments System Board introduce a ban on card payment interchange fees by mid-2019.
Westpac has responded to the draft report and the proposed recommendations. The Productivity Commission is
due to hand its final report to the Government by 1 July 2018, after which it is expected that the Government will
consider and respond to the Productivity Commission's findings.
Australian Banking Association Banking Reform Program and industry initiatives
On 21 April 2016, the ABA announced an action plan to protect consumer interests, increase transparency and
accountability and build trust and confidence in banks.
The reform program includes a number of industry-led initiatives including:
• a review of product sales commissions and product based payments;
• the establishment of an independent customer advocate in each bank;
• supporting the broadening of external dispute resolution schemes;
• evaluating the establishment of an industry-wide, mandatory, last resort compensation scheme;
• strengthening protections available to whistleblowers;
• the implementation of a new information sharing protocol to help stop individuals with a history of poor conduct
moving around the industry;
• strengthening the commitment to customers in the Banking Code of Practice; and
• supporting ASIC as a strong regulator.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
68 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
The banks have committed to transition to the new Banking Code of Practice within 12 months of ASIC approving
the Code. The banks are also continuing to implement the recommendations from the Retail Banking
Remuneration Review chaired by Mr Stephen Sedgwick. This review considered product sales commissions and
product based payments in retail banking and recommended that retail bank staff and managers no longer receive
incentives based directly or solely on sales performance. The banks have committed to implement these
recommendations by 2020.
On 17 April 2018, the independent governance expert overseeing the ABA action plan, Mr Ian McPhee, released
his eighth and final report titled, Australian banking industry: Package of Initiatives, which noted that banks have
made good progress in delivering the initiatives, with most initiatives now implemented. The banks will continue to
provide information about their implementation of key industry initiatives through an external reporting framework.
Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Enforcement Review Taskforce
On 19 October 2016, the Australian Government announced that the ASIC Enforcement Review Taskforce
(Taskforce) will conduct a review into the suitability of ASIC's existing regulatory tools (including the penalties
available) and whether they need to be strengthened.
The Taskforce completed its report in December 2017 and made 50 recommendations to the Australian
Government. On 20 April 2018, the Australian Government announced that it has agreed, or agreed in principle, to
all 50 recommendations and will prioritise the implementation of 30 of those recommendations. The remaining 20
recommendations will be considered with the final report of the Royal Commission.
The Taskforce made recommendations on, among other things:
• reforms to the mandatory breach reporting framework including when a reporting obligation is triggered,
expanding the class of reports that must be made to include misconduct by individual advisers and employees
and strengthening the penalties for failing to report, including through the introduction of an infringement notice
regime;
• strengthening ASIC's licensing powers, which would enable ASIC to take action to refuse to grant, or to
suspend or cancel, a licence where the applicant or licensee is not considered to be a fit and proper person;
• expanding ASIC's powers to ban individuals working in financial services businesses where they are found to
be unfit, improper or incompetent;
• increasing fines and strengthening penalties for corporate and financial sector misconduct;
• providing ASIC with the power to issue directions to financial services licensees and credit licensees in relation
to the conduct of their business; and
• enhancing ASIC’s search warrant powers to provide them with greater flexibility to use seized materials and
granting ASIC access to telecommunications intercept material.
In progressing these recommendations, the Australian Government will require legislative amendments and has
announced that it will consult on draft legislation.
Product design and distribution obligations and product intervention power
On 21 December 2017, Treasury released draft legislation that would amend the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and
the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth) in order to grant ASIC a product intervention power and
introduce a new 'principles-based' product design and distribution obligation on issuers and distributors.
Westpac lodged a submission with Treasury on 12 February 2018 in response to the draft legislation.
Financial benchmarks reform
Legislation designed to strengthen the regulation of financial benchmarks commenced on 12 April 2018. The
measures set out in the Treasury Laws Amendment (2017 Measures No.5) Act 2018 include:
• ASIC being empowered to develop enforceable rules for administrators and entities that make submissions to
significant benchmarks (such as Westpac), including the power to compel submissions to benchmarks in the
case that other calculation mechanisms fail;
• administrators of significant benchmarks being required to hold a new 'benchmark administration' licence
issued by ASIC (unless granted an exemption); and
• the manipulation of any financial benchmark or financial product used to determine a financial benchmark
(such as negotiable certificates of deposit) being made a specific criminal and civil offence.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 69
Residential mortgage lending - reviews by and engagement with regulators
In recent years, regulators have focused on aspects of residential mortgage lending standards across the industry.
APRA has been looking at, and speaking publicly about, the broader issue of bank serviceability standards
pertaining to residential mortgage lending.
Over recent months, Westpac has further strengthened its controls on mortgage serviceability requirements. This
work has been guided by the findings identified through the 2016/17 targeted review of data used in residential
mortgage serviceability assessments, which was undertaken by Westpac (and other large ADIs) at APRA’s
request. The focus of the review was on the adequacy of controls used to ensure borrower information in
serviceability assessments was complete and accurate. Westpac engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) to
undertake the targeted review which was completed in May 2017. Based on the results of their evaluation of the
design and operating effectiveness of the controls in place, PwC issued a qualified opinion on the basis of 8 of the
10 control objectives stipulated by APRA. While PwC found that Westpac had implemented a wide range of
controls related to verifying certain categories of borrower information (particularly in relation to income), they
noted that Westpac should give further consideration to strengthening controls in certain areas, such as declared
expenses and other debts.
Westpac is continuing to engage with APRA in relation to its progress in strengthening these controls.
In the mortgage area, ASIC continues to focus on interest only mortgage origination and high risk customer
groups. ASIC has also reviewed public statements by some banks (including Westpac) about interest rate
changes, following the introduction of APRA's macro prudential limits for ADIs in respect of interest only lending
flows. Westpac is working with ASIC on their reviews in these areas.
BBSW proceedings
Following ASIC's investigations into the interbank short-term money market and its impact on the setting of the
bank bill swap reference rate (BBSW), on 5 April 2016, ASIC commenced civil proceedings against Westpac in the
Federal Court of Australia, alleging certain misconduct, including market manipulation and unconscionable
conduct. The conduct that is the subject of the proceedings is alleged to have occurred between 6 April 2010 and
6 June 2012. ASIC is seeking from the court declarations that Westpac breached various provisions of the
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth), pecuniary
penalties of unspecified amounts and orders requiring Westpac to implement a comprehensive compliance
program for persons involved in Westpac's trading in the relevant market. The proceedings were heard in late
2017. Judgment is pending.
In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York
against Westpac and a large number of other Australian and international banks alleging misconduct in relation to
BBSW. These proceedings are at an early stage and the level of damages sought has not been specified.
Westpac is defending these proceedings.
ASIC's responsible lending litigation against Westpac
On 1 March 2017, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against Westpac in relation to home loans
entered into between December 2011 and March 2015, which were automatically approved by Westpac's systems
as part of broader processes. ASIC has alleged that the way in which Westpac used the Household Expenditure
Measure (HEM) benchmark to assess the suitability of home loans for customers during this period was in
contravention of the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth) (NCCPA). On 26 September 2017, ASIC
amended its court documents to include an additional allegation that the way serviceability was assessed for
interest only loans during the same period also contravened the NCCPA. ASIC has also raised specific allegations
in respect of seven loan applications. ASIC alleges that Westpac improperly assessed whether those loans were
unsuitable because of the way Westpac used HEM, and for five of the loan applications (which are loans with an
interest only period), because of the way Westpac assessed serviceability. ASIC has not made any criminal
all egations, or allegations against specific individuals. Westpac is defending the proceedings. The trial is
scheduled for September 2018.
Outbound scaled advice division proceedings
On 22 December 2016, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against BT Funds Management Limited
(BTFM) and Westpac Securities Administration Limited in relation to a number of superannuation account
consolidation campaigns conducted between 2013 and 2016. ASIC has alleged that in the course of some of
these campaigns, customers were provided with personal advice in contravention of a number of Corporations Act
2001 (Cth) provisions. ASIC has selected 15 specific customers as the focus of their claim. The proceedings were
heard in February 2018. Judgment is pending.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
70 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Class action against Westpac Banking Corporation and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited
On 12 October 2017 a class action was filed in the Federal Court of Australia on behalf of customers who, since
October 2011, obtained insurance issued by Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) on the
recommendation of certain financial advisers employed within the Westpac Group. The plaintiffs have alleged that
aspects of the financial advice provided by those advisers breached fiduciary and statutory duties owed to the
advisers' clients, including the duty to act in the best interests of the client, and that WLIS was knowingly involved
in those alleged breaches. Westpac and WLIS are defending the proceedings. An initial trial in the proceedings
has been scheduled for March 2019.
Brexit
On 29 March 2017, the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom (UK) notified the European Council in accordance
with Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union of the UK's intention to withdraw from the European Union (EU),
triggering a two year period for the negotiation of the UK's withdrawal from the EU.
As Westpac's business and operations are based predominantly in Australia and New Zealand, the direct impact
of the UK's departure from the EU is unlikely to be material to Westpac. However, it remains difficult to predict the
impact that Brexit may have on financial markets, the global economy and the global financial services industry.
Reduction of the corporate tax rate
On 11 May 2017, the Australian Government introduced into Parliament a bill to reduce the corporate tax rate
progressively from 30% to 25% over the next 10 years for all corporate entities in a staged approach with
reference to aggregated annual turnover thresholds. If the legislation is passed in its current form, the changes will
begin to take effect from 1 July 2023, when the corporate tax rate for Westpac will reduce to 27.5%. Accordingly,
the proposed reduction to the corporate tax rate will not significantly impact Westpac in the short term. A reduction
to the corporate tax rate will reduce the value of imputation credits ultimately attached to franked dividends and
distributions to certain security holders, and require restatement of our deferred tax balances.
Taxation of cross-border financing arrangements
The Australian and New Zealand Governments have each decided to implement the Organisation for Economic
Co-operation and Development's (OECD) proposals relating to the taxation treatment of cross-border financing
arrangements. These proposals may affect the taxation arrangements for 'hybrid' regulatory capital instruments
issued by Westpac. If implemented without grandfathering, the potential effect of the OECD proposals is to
increase the after-tax cost to Westpac of certain previously issued Additional Tier 1 capital securities. The
Australian Government released revised draft legislation in March 2018 which provides limited grandfathering for
hybrid instruments issued before 9 May 2017. In December 2017, the New Zealand Government introduced the
Taxation (Neutralising Base Erosion and Profit Shifting) Bill 2017 into Parliament in response to the OECD's
proposals. The bill is currently being reviewed by the Finance and Expenditure Committee and most changes
contained in the bill are expected to commence on 1 July 2018.
Anti-Money laundering and counter-terrorism financing reforms and initiatives
On 13 December 2017, the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Amendment Act 2017 (Cth)
(Amendment Act) received Royal Assent. The Amendment Act introduced a number of reforms to the Anti-Money
Laundering and Counter Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) (AML/CTF Act), including:
• expanding the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre's (AUSTRAC) power to issue infringement
notices and remedial directions;
• refining the 'tipping-off' provisions so that reporting entities can share information with certain related bodies
corporate; and
• regulating digital currency exchange providers.
Many of the changes introduced by the Amendment Act arise from a recent review of Australia's AML/CTF
framework (Statutory Review), the findings of which were set out in the Report on the Statutory Review of the
AML/CTF Act and Associated Rules and Regulations, which was tabled in Parliament on 29 April 2016. The
Statutory Review took into account the relevant findings of the Financial Action Task Force's mutual evaluation of
Australia's AML/CTF regime. The Government has published a 'Project Plan' for implementing the reforms
recommended by the Statutory Review, and it is likely further reforms will be legislated in the near future.
In addition to the potential for ongoing legislative change, over the past few years AUSTRAC has increasingly
emphasised its role in collecting, analysing and disseminating financial intelligence data to its law enforcement
partners. One way AUSTRAC has sought to do this is through greater collaboration with the financial services
industry. In 2016, AUSTRAC created the Fintel Alliance, an initiative which involves AUSTRAC, various financial
services entities (including Westpac) and public sector bodies collaborating with the aim of developing and sharing
actionable intelligence and insights that address key AML/CTF risks.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 71
In this environment of ongoing legislative reform, regulatory change and increased industry focus, Westpac
continues to engage with AUSTRAC and assess and enhance its AML/CTF systems, policies, processes and
controls.
Comprehensive Credit Reporting (CCR)
On 28 March 2018, the National Consumer Credit Protection Amendment (Mandatory Comprehensive Credit
Reporting) Bill 2018 was introduced into Parliament. If passed, the bill will require the provision of CCR data to
commence by 1 July 2018. This would require large ADIs (with total resident assets over $100 billion) to provide a
monthly update to credit reporting bodies of all open consumer credit accounts, including credit cards, personal
loans, mortgages and consumer auto loans. The four major banks will be required to supply 50% of their credit
data by 28 September 2018, increasing to 100% a year later.
Westpac is committed to meeting the mandatory CCR requirements, as the Group recognises that CCR supports
principles of responsible lending by enhancing transparency of consumers' existing liabilities and visibility of
customer’s repayment history information. Westpac is also focused on ensuring the highest level of security of
customer data is maintained within the data sharing arrangements that will underpin CCR data supply and use.
Harper Competition Reforms
In November 2017, the Competition and Consumer Amendment (Competition Policy Review) Act 2017 and the
inter-related Competition and Consumer Amendment (Misuse of Market Power) Act 2017 came into effect,
making significant changes to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) following recommendations by the
Competition Policy Review which was chaired by Professor Ian Harper.
These reforms included:
• broadening the scope of the existing prohibition on misuse of market power. Corporations with substantial
market power are prohibited from engaging in conduct with the purpose or likely effect of substantially
lessening competition in a market;
• a new prohibition on engaging in a 'concerted practice' that has the purpose, effect or likely effect of
substantially lessening competition;
• in light of the new concerted practices prohibition, the repeal of the bank-specific prohibition on price signalling;
• providing the ACCC with a 'class exemption' power which enables it to determine that various provisions in the
Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) do not apply to certain types of conduct; and
• streamlining the existing procedure to review proposed mergers.
APRA Prudential Standard CPS 234: Information Security Management
On 7 March 2018, APRA released a consultation draft of a new cross-industry prudential standard CPS 234:
Information Security Management. APRA announced that the proposed standard is aimed at improving the ability
of APRA-regulated entities to detect cyber adversaries and respond swiftly and effectively in the event of a breach.
The proposed prudential standard would require APRA-regulated entities to (amongst other things):
• define the information security related roles and responsibilities of the board, senior management and
governing bodies;
• maintain an information security capability that is commensurate with the size and extent of threats the entity
faces;
• implement information security controls to protect information assets;
• undertake regular testing and assurance on the effectiveness of those information security controls;
• have mechanisms to detect and respond to information security incidents in a timely manner; and
• notify APRA of material information security incidents.
APRA announced that it intends to finalise the proposed prudential standard towards the end of 2018, with a view
to implementing from 1 July 2019. Westpac continues to enhance its systems and processes to further mitigate
cybersecurity risks.
Issue of Westpac Capital Notes 5
On 13 March 2018, Westpac issued A$1.69 billion of securities known as Westpac Capital Notes 5, which qualify
as Additional Tier 1 capital under APRA's capital adequacy framework.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
72 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Transfer and conversion of Westpac convertible preference shares (CPS)
On 13 March 2018, $623 million of CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS nominated party for $100 each
pursuant to the Westpac Capital Notes 5 reinvestment offer. Those CPS were subsequently bought back and
cancelled by Westpac.
On 3 April 2018, the remaining $566 million of CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS nominated party for
$100 each. Following the transfer, those remaining CPS were converted into 19,189,765 ordinary shares.
APRA's proposed changes to capital standards
The Australian Government completed a review of the Australian Financial System and recommended that APRA
set capital standards such that the capital ratios of Australian ADIs are "unquestionably strong".
On 19 July 2017, APRA released an Information Paper titled 'Strengthening Banking System Resilience -
Establishing Unquestionably Strong Capital Ratios'. In its release, APRA concluded that the four major Australian
banks, including Westpac, need to have a CET1 Ratio of at least 10.5%, as measured under the existing capital
framework to be considered "unquestionably strong." Banks are expected to meet this new benchmark by 1
January 2020. APRA has announced that it expects to consult on draft prudential standards giving effect to the
new framework in 2018, leading to the determination of final prudential standards in 2019. The new framework is
anticipated to take effect in early 2021.
On 14 February 2018, APRA commenced consultation and released a discussion paper titled, 'Revision to the
Capital Framework for Authorised Deposit-Taking Institutions'. The paper included proposed revisions to the
capital framework which incorporated the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) finalising the Basel III
reforms in December 2017, as well as other changes to better align the framework to risks, including in relation to
home lending. In relation to proposed traded market risk reforms published by the BCBS (also referred to as
“Fundamental Review of the Trading Book”), APRA have advised that it will defer its decision on the scope and
timing of any domestic implementation of the market risk framework until after it has been finalised by the BCBS.
APRA also released a discussion paper titled 'Leverage Ratio Requirements for Authorised Deposit-Taking
Institutions'. This discussion paper proposes to impose a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4% for ADIs that
use the internal ratings-based approach to determine capital adequacy from 1 July 2019. Australian banks are
currently required to report leverage ratios under the existing requirements as part of Pillar 3 disclosures.
APRA has announced that its revisions to the capital framework are not intended to necessitate further capital
increases for the industry above the 10.5% benchmark. However, given the proposals include higher risk weights
for certain mortgage products, such as interest only loans and loans for investment purposes, the impact on
individual banks may vary. Given that the proposals are at the early consultation stage and final details remain
unclear, it is too soon to determine the final impact on Westpac.
Further details of Westpac’s other regulatory disclosures required in accordance with prudential standard APS 330
can be accessed at https://www.westpac.com.au/about-westpac/investor-centre/financial-information/regulatory-
disclosures/.
Resolution planning including additional loss absorbing capacity and APRA's crisis management powers
In response to the FSI recommendations, the Australian Government also agreed to further reforms regarding
crisis management and establish a framework for minimum loss-absorbing and recapitalisation capacity.
On 5 March 2018, legislation was passed to strengthen APRA's crisis management powers. The intention of these
reforms is to strengthen APRA's powers to facilitate the orderly resolution of an institution so as to protect the
interests of depositors and to protect the stability of the financial system. The reforms also enhance APRA's ability
to take actions in relation to resolution planning, including measures to ensure regulated entities and their groups
are better prepared for resolution.
APRA expects to commence consultation on a framework for minimum loss-absorbing and recapitalisation
capacity later in 2018. The intention of this would be to facilitate the orderly resolution of banks and minimise
taxpayer support.
Macro-prudential regulation
From December 2014, APRA began using macro-prudential measures targeting mortgage lending that continue to
impact lending practices in Australia. This included limiting investment property lending growth to below 10%,
imposing additional levels of conservatism in serviceability assessments, and restricting mortgage lending with
interest only terms to 30% of new mortgage lending. APRA also indicated that it expects ADIs to place strict
internal limits on the volume of interest only loans with loan-to-valuation ratios above 80%.
Westpac has implemented steps to achieve these limits, including introducing differential pricing for investor
property loans and interest only loans, a restriction on the volume of interest only loans with an LVR of greater
than 80% (includes limit increases, interest only term extension and switches), no repayment switch fee for
customers switching to principal and interest from interest only loans and no longer accepting external refinances
(from other financial institutions) for owner occupied interest only loans. Interest only residential mortgages
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 73
constituted 22.9% of new mortgage lending for the quarter ended 31 March 2018 (currently 39.5% of Westpac's
overall Australian residential mortgage portfolio as at 31 March 2018).
On 26 April 2018, APRA announced its intention to remove the existing 10% limit on investment property lending
growth and replace it with more permanent measures to strengthen lending standards. In order to no longer be
subject to this limit from 1 July 2018, ADIs will be required to demonstrate to APRA that they have been operating
below the 10% limit for at least the past 6 months. In addition, an ADI’s Board will be required to provide an
assurance to APRA in relation to its lending policies and practices.
Other Regulatory Developments
Net Stable Funding Ratio
In December 2016, APRA released an updated prudential standard on liquidity (APS 210) which took effect from 1
January 2018. The revised APS 210 includes the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) requirement; a measure
designed to encourage longer-term funding of assets and better match the duration of assets and liabilities.
Westpac's NSFR as at 31 March 2018 was 112%, above the NSFR requirement of 100%.
Committed Liquidity Facility - annual revision
The Reserve Bank of Australia makes available to ADIs a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) that, subject to
qualifying conditions, can be accessed to meet LCR requirements under APS210 Liquidity. Westpac's CLF
allocation has been increased from $49.1 billion in 2017 to $57.0 billion for 2018.
Transition to AASB 9
AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9) will replace AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and
Measurement from 1 October 2018. AASB 9 includes a forward looking 'expected credit loss' impairment model,
revised classification and measurement model and modifies the approach to hedge accounting. The Group
intends to quantify the potential impact of adopting AASB 9 once it is practical to provide a reliable estimate.
Westpac expects that this will be reported in the Westpac 2018 Full Year financial results.
Further details of the changes under the new standard are included in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements.
European Union General Data Protection Regulation
The European Union (EU) General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) contains new data protection requirements
that will apply from 25 May 2018. The GDPR is intended to 'strengthen and unify' data protection for individuals
across the EU and supersedes the existing EU Data Protection Directive. Australian businesses of any size may
need to comply if they have an establishment in the EU, if they offer goods or services in the EU, or if they monitor
the behaviour of individuals in the EU. Westpac is implementing a number of changes or updates to policies and
systems before commencement of the GDPR.
OTC derivatives reform
International regulatory reforms relating to over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives continue to be implemented by
financial regulators across the globe, with a current focus on variation margin, initial margin and risk mitigation
practices for non-centrally cleared derivatives.
Variation margin requirements were implemented in a number of key jurisdictions for Westpac (being Australia, the
EU, US and Hong Kong) during full year 2017, and a substantial amount of work has also been completed with
regard to global standards for risk mitigation practices relating to trading relationship documentation, trade
confirmations, portfolio reconciliation and compression and valuation and dispute resolution processes, largely
concentrating on Australian regulations which came into force in March 2018.
In addition, certain global initial margin requirements commenced on 1 September 2016. These requirements are
being introduced in phases until 1 September 2020 and work is underway to comply with the regulations.
New Zealand
Regulatory reforms and significant developments in New Zealand include:
RBNZ - Revised Outsourcing Policy
On 19 September 2017, the RBNZ advised Westpac New Zealand Limited (WNZL) of changes to its conditions of
registration that will give effect to the RBNZ's revised Outsourcing Policy (BS11) (Revised Outsourcing Policy).
Both the changes to the conditions of registration and the Revised Outsourcing Policy came into effect on 1
October 2017. The Revised Outsourcing Policy sets out requirements that banks need to meet when outsourcing
particular functions and services, especially if the service provider is a related party of the bank. WNZL will have
two years before it must fully comply with the requirement to maintain a compendium of outsourcing arrangements
and five years to fully comply with other aspects of the Revised Outsourcing Policy.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
74 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
RBNZ Capital Review
In March 2017, the RBNZ outlined its plans for its review of bank capital requirements. The RBNZ's aim is to agree
a capital regime that ensures a very high level of confidence in the solvency of the banking system while avoiding
economic inefficiency. The review will look at the three key components of the regulatory capital regime:
• the definition of eligible capital instruments;
• the measurement of risk, in particular the risk weights attached to credit exposures; and
• the minimum capital ratio and buffers.
The RBNZ has said that the outcomes of the review will be heavily influenced by the international regulatory
context, the risk characteristics of the New Zealand system, and the RBNZ's regulatory capital approach. The
RBNZ released a high-level Issues Paper in May 2017 and a consultation paper considering what type of financial
instruments should qualify as bank capital in July 2017. On 21 December 2017, the RBNZ released its issues
paper on the capital ratio denominator. Based on the high level information released to date, the expectation is
that the RBNZ will likely propose increasing capital ratios and certain risk weights, with internal ratings-based (IRB)
banks having fewer models to use (to reduce the difference between standardised and IRB banks).
RBNZ - Relaxation of restrictions on high Loan-to-Value Ratio (LVR) mortgage lending
On 29 November 2017 the RBNZ announced it would ease LVR restrictions. From 1 January 2018, the revised
LVR restrictions are that:
• no more than 15% (previously 10%) of each bank's new mortgage lending to owner occupiers can be at LVRs
of more than 80%; and
• no more than 5% of each bank's new mortgage lending to residential property investors can be at LVRs of
more than 65% (previously 60%).
Reform of the regulation of financial advice
The New Zealand Government announced plans for changes to the regime regulating financial advice in July
2016. In December 2017, the Financial Services Legislation Amendment Bill had its first reading in Parliament and
was referred to Select Committee. Under the proposed new regime, financial advice will be provided by licensed
firms who will employ financial advisers and nominated representatives. A Code of Conduct will apply to all advice
and advisers and representatives will be subject to the same duties and ethical standards, including a duty to give
priority to the client's interests. Firms will be responsible for ensuring their advisers and representatives comply
with these duties. The reforms will also remove legislative barriers to the provision of robo-advice.
A two stage transition is proposed. Firms (including WNZL) will be required to hold a transitional licence by April
2019, to comply with the new regime by October 2019, and to hold a full licence by May 2021.
RBNZ - Review under section 95 of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989
On 10 February 2017, the RBNZ issued WNZL with a notice under section 95 of the Reserve Bank of New
Zealand Act 1989, requiring WNZL to obtain an independent review of its compliance with advanced internal
rating-based aspects of the RBNZ's 'Capital Adequacy Framework (Internal Models Based Approach) (BS2B)'
(BS2B). WNZL has disclosed non-compliance with BS2B (compliance with which is a condition of registration for
WNZL) in its quarterly disclosure statements. On 15 November 2017, the RBNZ advised WNZL of changes to its
conditions of registration resulting from the review. The changes to WNZL's conditions of registration came into
effect on 31 December 2017 and increase the minimum Total Capital ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio and Common
Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio of WNZL and its controlled entities by 2%. WNZL has also undertaken to the RBNZ to
maintain the Total Capital ratio of WNZL and its controlled entities above 15.1%. WNZL and its controlled entities
retain an appropriate amount of capital to comply with the increased minimum ratios. The RBNZ requires WNZL
to sufficiently address non-compliance issues by 30 June 2019. A remediation plan has been provided to the
RBNZ.
Review of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act
In November 2017, the New Zealand Government announced it will undertake a review of the Reserve Bank of
New Zealand Act 1989. In December 2017, the Minister of Finance appointed an Independent Expert Advisory
Panel to provide input into and support the Review. The Review aims to ensure the RBNZ's monetary and
financial policy framework still provides the most efficient and effective model for New Zealand. The Review will
consist of two phases. Phase 1 focuses on whether the RBNZ's decision-making process for monetary policy is
robust. New Zealand Treasury has sought industry feedback on the parameters of Phase 2, which will consider
broader issues, including the macro prudential framework and the current prudential supervision model.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 75
Residential Mortgage Bond Collateral Standard Review
When the RBNZ lends to banks and other counterparties it does so against 'eligible collateral' (mortgage bonds).
In New Zealand, mortgage bonds are not generally traded. On 17 December 2017, the RBNZ published an issues
paper proposing an enhanced mortgage bond standard aimed at supporting confidence and liquidity in the
financial system, and a more standardised and transparent framework for mortgage bonds, which would improve
their quality and make them more marketable and a new format for mortgage bonds. The RBNZ has sought
feedback on its proposals.
Risk factors
Our business is subject to risks that can adversely impact our financial performance, financial condition and future
performance. If any of the following risks occur, our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or
financial condition could be materially adversely affected, with the result that the trading price of our securities
could decline and as a security holder you could lose all, or part, of your investment. You should carefully consider
the risks described and the other information in this Interim Financial Results Announcement and in our 2017
Annual Report before investing in our securities. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones
we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem to be immaterial,
may also become important factors that affect us.
Risks relating to our business
Our businesses are highly regulated and we could be adversely affected by changes in laws, regulations
or regulatory policy
As a financial institution, we are subject to detailed laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we
operate or obtain funding, including Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, the United States and various
jurisdictions in Asia and the Pacific. We are also supervised by a number of different regulatory and supervisory
authorities which have broad administrative powers over our businesses. In Australia, the relevant regulatory
authorities include the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA), Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA),
Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), Australian
Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre
(AUSTRAC) and the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) and the
Financial Markets Authority (FMA) have supervisory oversight of our New Zealand operations. In the United
States, we are subject to supervision and regulation by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC),
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), the
US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). In the United
Kingdom, we are subject to supervision and regulation by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the
Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). In Asia, we are subject to supervision and regulation by local authorities,
including the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS), the China Banking Regulatory Commission (CBRC) and the
Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA). In other jurisdictions in which we operate, we are also required to comply
with relevant requirements of the local regulatory bodies.
The Group’s business, prospects, reputation, financial performance and financial condition could all be affected by
changes to law and regulation, changes to policies and changes in the supervisory activities and expectations of
our regulators.
As with other financial services providers, we face increasing supervision and regulation in most of the jurisdictions
in which we operate or obtain funding particularly in the areas of funding, liquidity, capital adequacy, prudential
regulation, tax, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing, conduct, consumer protection (including in
the design and distribution of financial products), remuneration, competition privacy (including mandatory data
breach notification obligations), data access, information security, anti-bribery and corruption, and economic and
trade sanctions.
Regulatory changes could impact us in a number of ways. For example, new regulation could require us to have
increased levels of liquidity and higher levels of, and better quality, capital and funding. Regulatory change could
also result in restrictions on how we operate our business by imposing restrictions on the types of businesses we
can conduct, requiring us or our competitors to change our business models or requiring us to amend our
corporate structure.
If regulatory change has any such effect, it could adversely affect one or more of our businesses, restrict our
flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs and could impact the profitability of one or more of our business
lines. Any such costs or restrictions could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or
financial condition.
Regulation may also affect how we provide products and services to our customers. New laws and regulations
could restrict our ability to provide products and services to certain customers (including by imposing regulatory
limits on certain types of lending and on lending to certain customer segments), require us to alter our product and
service offerings, restrict our ability to set prices for certain products and services or require us to alter the pricing
that applies to products and services provided to new and existing customers. These types of changes could affect
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
76 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
our profitability by adversely affecting our ability to maintain or increase margins and fees. This could occur
because a regulation seeks to place a cap on the price of a product or service we provide, or because, in
response to new regulation, we increase the price we charge for a product or service. This price increase could
lead to customers seeking out alternative products or services, whether within the Group or with a competitor
(including customers switching residential mortgages from interest-only to principal and interest).
There are numerous sources of regulatory change that could affect our business. In some cases, changes to
regulation are driven by international bodies. For example, in December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (BCBS) announced a revised global regulatory framework known as Basel III. Basel III, among other
things, increased the required quality and quantity of capital held by banks and introduced new standards for the
management of liquidity risk. The BCBS announced the finalisation of this framework in December 2017, while, in
July 2017, APRA took steps to implement the next wave of capital requirements for banks by clarifying its
expectations for banks to hold ‘unquestionably strong’ levels of capital. In other cases, authorities in the various
jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding may propose regulatory change for financial institutions.
Examples of proposed regulatory change that could impact us include changes to accounting and reporting
standards, derivatives reform and changes to tax legislation (including dividend imputation). Further details on
regulatory changes that may impact Westpac (including the Basel III framework) are set out in ‘Significant
developments’ in this Interim Financial Results Announcement and our 2017 Annual Report, specifically
‘Significant Developments’ in Section 1.
Further changes may occur driven by policy, prudential or political factors. Westpac is currently operating in an
environment where there is increased political scrutiny of the Australian financial services sector. This environment
has served to increase the pace and scope of regulatory change. For example, as part of the Federal
Government’s 2017 Budget, a series of reforms impacting the banking sector were announced, including the
introduction of the Bank Executive Accountability Regime (BEAR) and the Bank Levy on ADIs with liabilities of at
least A$100 billion. Further details about the Bank Levy and BEAR are set out in ‘Significant developments’ in this
Interim Financial Results Announcement and our 2017 Annual Report, specifically ‘Significant developments’ in
Section 1.
Legislation introduced in one jurisdiction may lead to other governments seeking to introduce similar legislation in
their jurisdiction. This was demonstrated by the South Australian Government’s proposal to introduce a levy on the
banks that are subject to the Federal Government’s Bank Levy. While the South Australian Government has
announced that it will not proceed with the proposed South Australian levy, it is possible that other governments
may attempt to introduce their own version of the Bank Levy or similar legislation in the future.
As part of the heightened political scrutiny on the financial services sector, the Australian Government, other
regulators and parliamentary bodies are increasingly initiating reviews and inquiries (such as the Royal
Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry, the Financial
System Inquiry, the House of Representatives Standing Committee on Economics’ ongoing ‘Review of Australia’s
Four Major Banks’, the Senate Economics References Committee’s inquiry into consumer protection in the
banking, insurance and financial sector, the Productivity Commission’s Inquiry into Competition in the Australian
Financial System and the ACCC’s Residential Mortgage Price Inquiry). These reviews and commissions of inquiry
could lead to substantial regulatory change or investigations, which could have a material impact on our business,
prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.
It is also possible that governments or regulators in jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding might revise
their application of existing regulatory policies that apply to, or impact, our business (including by instituting macro-
prudential limits on lending). Regulators or governments may take this action for a variety of reasons, including for
reasons relating to national interest and/or systemic stability.
Regulatory changes and the timing of their introduction continue to evolve and we manage our businesses in the
context of regulatory uncertainty and complexity. The nature and impact of future changes are not predictable and
are beyond our control. Regulatory compliance and the management of regulatory change are an important part of
our planning processes. We expect that we will be required to continue to invest significantly in compliance and
the management and implementation of regulatory change and, at the same time, significant management
attention and resources will be required to update existing, or implement new, processes to comply with new
regulations. Furthermore, the challenge in managing regulatory change may be heightened by multiple
jurisdictions seeking to adopt a coordinated approach to the introduction of new regulations. Where these
jurisdictions elect not to adopt regulation in a uniform manner across each jurisdiction, this may result in conflicts
between the specific requirements of the different jurisdictions in which we operate.
For further information refer to ‘Significant developments’ in this Interim Financial Results Announcement and our
2017 Annual Report, specifically ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 and the sections ‘Critical accounting
assumptions and estimates’ and ‘Future developments in accounting standards’ in Note 1 to the financial
statements.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 77
Our businesses are highly regulated and we could be adversely affected by failing to comply with laws,
regulations or regulatory policy
We are responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements (including
accounting standards) and industry codes of practice in the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, as
well as meeting our ethical standards.
The Group is subject to compliance risk, which is the risk of legal or regulatory sanction or financial or reputational
loss, arising from our failure to abide by the compliance obligations required of us. This risk is exacerbated by the
increasing complexity and volume of domestic and global regulation. Compliance risk can also arise where we
interpret our regulatory obligations, compliance requirements and rights (including in relation to tax incentives and
GST recoveries) differently to our regulators or a court.
The Group employs a compliance management system which is designed to identify, assess and manage
compliance risk. This system includes (amongst other things) frameworks, policies, procedures, controls and
assurance oversight. While this system is currently in place, it may not always be effective. Breakdowns may occur
in this compliance management system due, for example, to flaws in the design of controls or underlying
processes. This could result in potential breaches of our compliance obligations, as well as poor customer
outcomes.
The Group also depends on its employees, contractors and external service providers to ‘do the right thing’ in
order for it to meet its compliance obligations. If an employee, contractor or external service provider fails to act in
an appropriate manner, such as by neglecting to follow a policy or by engaging in misconduct, these actions could
result in poor customer outcomes and a failure by the Group to comply with its compliance obligations.
The Group’s failure, or suspected failure, to comply with a compliance obligation could lead to a regulator
commencing surveillance or an investigation into the Group, which may, depending on the circumstances, result in
the regulator taking administrative or enforcement action against us (including seeking fines or other monetary
penalties). In addition, the failure or alleged failure of our competitors to comply with their compliance obligations
could lead to increased regulatory scrutiny across the financial services sector.
In many cases, our regulators have broad administrative and enforcement powers. For example, under the
Banking Act 1959 (Cth), APRA can, in certain circumstances, investigate our affairs and/or issue a direction to us
(such as a direction to comply with a prudential requirement, to conduct an audit, to remove a Director, executive
officer or employee or not to undertake transactions). Other regulators also have the power to investigate,
including looking into past conduct.
The powers exercisable by our regulators may also be expanded in the future. For example, the Australian
Government has consulted on draft legislation to provide ASIC with a product intervention power and has also
consulted on expanding ASIC’s powers to ban individuals working in the financial services sector. Further details
are set out in ‘Significant developments’ in this Interim Financial Results Announcement and in our 2017 Annual
Report, specifically ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1.
Changes may also occur in the oversight approach of regulators which could result in a regulator exercising its
enforcement powers rather than adopting a more consultative approach.
In recent years, there have been significant increases in the nature and scale of regulatory investigations,
enforcement actions and the quantum of fines issued by global regulators. The nature of regulatory activity can be
wide-ranging and may result in litigation, fines, penalties, reputational damage, revocation, suspension or variation
of conditions of relevant regulatory licences (including potentially requiring us to change or adjust our business
model) or other enforcement or administrative action or agreements (such as enforceable undertakings).
For example:
• In April 2016, ASIC commenced civil proceedings against Westpac in the Federal Court of Australia, alleging
certain misconduct in relation to the setting of the bank bill swap reference rate in the period April 2010 to June
2012, including market manipulation and unconscionable conduct. Westpac defended these proceedings with
the trial concluding in late 2017. Judgment is currently pending;
• On 1 March 2017, ASIC commenced civil proceedings against Westpac in the Federal Court of Australia in
relation to certain home loan responsible lending practices (including interest only lending). Westpac is
defending the proceedings with a trial set down for September 2018; and
• On 15 March 2017, Westpac entered into an enforceable undertaking with ASIC following ASIC’s industry-wide
investigation into wholesale Spot Foreign Exchange (FX) trading activity between January 2008 and June
2013. As part of the enforceable undertaking, Westpac undertook, amongst other things, to continue to
progress its program of strengthening its policies and processes in its Spot FX trading business, with input from
an independent expert.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
78 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Furthermore, regulatory action may result in Westpac being exposed to the risk of litigation brought by third parties
(including through class action proceedings). The outcome of such litigation (including class action proceedings)
may be payment of compensation to third parties and/or further remediation activities. In addition, action taken in
one jurisdiction may prompt similar action to be taken in another jurisdiction.
During the half-year ended 31 March 2018, Westpac has responded to requirements, compulsory notices and
requests for information from its regulators as part of both industry-wide and Westpac-specific reviews, including in
relation to matters involving sales practices, responsible lending, broker conduct, reverse mortgages, interest only
loans, the provision of financial advice, ongoing advice service fees, consumer credit insurance and anti-money
laundering and counter-terrorism financing.
Regulatory investigations, inquiries, litigation, fines, penalties, revocation, suspension or variation of conditions of
relevant regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action or agreements (such as enforceable
undertakings) could, either individually or in aggregate with other regulatory action, adversely affect our business,
prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.
The failure to comply with financial crime obligations could have an adverse effect on our business and
reputation
The Group is subject to anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing laws, anti-bribery and corruption
laws and economic and trade sanctions laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. These laws can be complex,
and are undergoing change in a number of jurisdictions.
In recent years there has been increased focus on compliance with financial crime obligations, with regulators
around the globe commencing large-scale investigations and taking enforcement action where they have identified
non-compliance (often seeking significant monetary penalties).
While the Group has systems, policies, processes and controls in place that are designed to manage its financial
crime obligations, these may not always be effective. If we fail to comply with these obligations, we could face
regulatory action such as litigation, fines, penalties and the revocation, suspension or variation of licence
conditions. Non-compliance could also lead to litigation commenced by third parties (including class action
proceedings) and cause reputational damage. These actions could, either individually or in aggregate, adversely
affect our business, reputation, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
Reputational damage could harm our business and prospects
Our ability to attract and retain customers and our prospects could be adversely affected if our reputation is
damaged.
Reputation risk is the risk of loss of reputation, stakeholder confidence or public trust and standing. It arises where
there are differences between stakeholders’ current and emerging perceptions, beliefs and expectations and our
current and planned activities, processes, performance and behaviours.
During the full year ended 30 September 2017, we commenced a broader program to reduce complexity and
resolve prior issues that have the potential to impact customers and reputation. This program has continued
throughout the half-year ended 31 March 2018. As part of these reviews, we are strengthening our processes and
controls in certain businesses and we have identified some prior instances where we are now taking action to put
things right so that our customers are not at a disadvantage from certain past practices. For further information
about these and other internal reviews, refer to Note 14 in this Interim Financial Results Announcement and to our
2017 Annual Report, specifically Note 31 to the financial statements.
There are various potential sources of reputational damage. Westpac’s reputation may be damaged where any of
its policies, processes, practices or behaviours result in a negative outcome for a customer or a class of
customers. Other potential sources of reputational damage include the failure to effectively manage risks in
accordance with our risk management frameworks, potential conflicts of interest, failure to comply with legal and
regulatory requirements, failure to meet our market disclosure obligations, regulatory investigations into past
conduct, adverse findings from regulatory reviews (including Westpac-specific and industry-wide reviews), making
inaccurate public statements, environmental, social and ethical issues, engagement and conduct of external
suppliers, failure to comply with anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing laws, anti-bribery and
corruption laws, economic and trade sanctions legislation or privacy laws, litigation, failure of information security
systems, improper sales and trading practices, failure to comply with personnel and supplier policies, improper
conduct of companies in which we hold strategic investments, technology failures and security breaches and
inadequate record keeping which may prevent Westpac from demonstrating that a past decision was appropriate
at the time it was made.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 79
Westpac may incur reputational damage where its conduct, practices, behaviours or business activities fall below
evolving community standards and expectations. As these expectations may exceed the standard required in
order to comply with the law, Westpac may incur reputational damage even where it has met its legal obligations.
A divergence between community expectations and Westpac’s practices could arise in a number of ways,
including in relation to our product and services disclosure practices, the features and benefits available under our
products, lending practices, remuneration structures, pricing policies and the use and protection of data. Our
reputation could also be adversely affected by the actions of the financial services industry in general or from the
actions of our competitors, customers, suppliers, joint-venture partners, strategic partners and other
counterparties.
Furthermore, the risk of reputational damage may be heightened by the increasing use of social media.
Failure, or perceived failure, to appropriately address issues that could or do give rise to reputational risk could
also impact the regulatory change agenda, give rise to additional legal risk, subject us to regulatory investigations,
regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties or litigation brought by third parties (including class actions),
require us to remediate and compensate customers and incur remediation costs or harm our reputation among
customers, investors and the marketplace. This could lead to loss of business which could adversely affect our
business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
The Royal Commission may result in further and ongoing reputational damage to the Group, as well as
potentially lead to regulatory enforcement activity, litigation and changes in laws, regulations or
regulatory policy, all of which may have an adverse effect on our business and prospects
The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry is
currently investigating (amongst other things) whether any conduct, practices, behaviours or business activities
engaged in by financial services entities amounted to potential misconduct, or fell below community standards and
expectations. The Royal Commission is currently scheduled to provide its final report and recommendations to the
Australian Government by 1 February 2019; however, it is possible that this date will be extended in the future.
The Royal Commission’s inquiries have made public, and are likely to continue to make public, instances where
the Group or entities or persons associated with the Group engaged in potential misconduct or failed to meet
community standards and expectations. The Royal Commission’s Terms of Reference are broad and enable the
Royal Commission to investigate potential misconduct in a wide range of areas. The public hearings of the Royal
Commission have to date examined consumer lending practices and the provision of financial advice. These
investigations, including the public hearings, submissions, evidence and eventual findings of the Royal
Commission, have had, and are likely to continue to have, an adverse impact on the Group’s reputation.
Furthermore, the Royal Commission may make findings that Westpac (including persons or entities acting on its
behalf) has engaged in misconduct. These findings may lead to regulators commencing investigations into the
Group, which could subsequently result in administrative or enforcement action being taken. The Group may also
be exposed to an increased risk of litigation (including class action proceedings) in connection with matters raised
publicly at the Royal Commission, particularly if the Royal Commission makes a finding of misconduct affecting the
Group or the industry in a way that affects the Group.
The Royal Commission may recommend changes to Australia’s legal framework. Under the Royal Commission’s
Terms of Reference, it is required to investigate the adequacy of existing laws and policies of the Federal
Government relating to the provision of banking, superannuation and financial services, and whether any further
changes to the legal framework are necessary to minimise the likelihood of misconduct. Consequently, the Royal
Commission is likely, in its reports, to recommend changes to Australia’s legal framework, which the Federal
Government may pass into legislation. The Royal Commission will also investigate the practices of our regulators.
These investigations, and any findings or recommendations made by the Royal Commission, may result in our
regulators altering their existing policies and practices (including increasing their expectations for entities that they
regulate). Depending on the nature of any changes to Australia’s legal framework and/or the policies and practices
of our regulators which might be prompted by the Royal Commission, there may be an adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
The Royal Commission may also lead to increased political or regulatory scrutiny of the financial industry in New
Zealand.
We could suffer information security risks, including cyberattacks
The proliferation of new technologies, the increasing use of the internet and telecommunications to conduct
financial transactions and the growing sophistication and activities of attackers (including organised crime and
state-sponsored actors) have resulted in increased information security risks for major financial institutions such as
Westpac and our external service providers.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
80 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
While Westpac has systems in place to protect against, detect and respond to cyberattacks, these systems may
not always be effective and there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from cyberattacks or other
information security breaches in the future. In addition, as cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to
expend significant additional resources to modify or enhance our systems or to investigate and remediate any
vulnerabilities or incidents.
Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of information on our computer systems
and networks, and the systems and networks of external suppliers. Although we implement measures to protect
the security, integrity and confidentiality of our information, there is a risk that the computer systems, software and
networks on which we rely may be subject to security breaches, unauthorised access, malicious software, external
attacks or internal breaches that could have an adverse impact on our confidential information or that of our
customers and counterparties.
Major banks in other jurisdictions have suffered security breaches from sophisticated cyberattacks. Our external
service providers or other parties that facilitate our business activities (such as vendors, exchanges, clearing
houses, central depositories and financial intermediaries) are also subject to the risk of cyberattacks. Any such
security breach could result in the loss of customers and business opportunities, significant disruption to
Westpac’s operations, misappropriation of Westpac’s confidential information and/or that of our customers and
damage to Westpac’s computers or systems and/or those of our customers. Such a security breach could also
result in reputational damage, claims for compensation and regulatory investigations and penalties, which could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance, or financial condition.
Our risk and exposure to such threats remains heightened because of the evolving nature of technology,
Westpac’s prominence within the financial services industry, the prominence of our customers (including
government, mining and health) and our plans to continue to improve and expand our internet and mobile banking
infrastructure.
We could suffer losses due to technology failures
The reliability, integrity and security of our information and technology is crucial in supporting our customers’
banking requirements and meeting our compliance obligations and our regulators’ expectations.
While the Group has a number of processes in place to provide for and monitor the availability and recovery of our
systems, there is a risk that our information and technology systems might fail to operate properly or become
disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. If we incur a technology failure we
may fail to meet a compliance obligation, or our customers may be adversely affected (such as where they are
unable to access online banking services for an extended period of time or where an underlying technology issue
results in a customer not receiving a product or service on the terms and conditions they agreed to). This could
potentially result in reputational damage, remediation costs and a regulator commencing an investigation and/or
taking administrative or enforcement action against us.
Further, in order to continue to deliver new products and services to customers and comply with our regulatory
obligations, we need to regularly renew and enhance our technology. We are constantly managing technology
projects including projects to consolidate technology platforms, simplify and enhance our technology and
operations environment, improve productivity and provide for a better customer experience. Failure to implement
these projects or manage associated change effectively could result in cost overruns, unrealised productivity,
operational instability or reputational damage. In turn, this could place us at a competitive disadvantage and
adversely affect our financial performance.
Adverse credit and capital market conditions or depositor preferences may significantly affect our ability
to meet funding and liquidity needs and may increase our cost of funding
We rely on deposits, and credit and capital markets, to fund our business and as a source of liquidity. Our liquidity
and costs of obtaining funding are related to credit and capital market conditions.
Global credit and capital markets can experience periods of extreme volatility, disruption and decreased liquidity
as was demonstrated during the Global Financial Crisis. While there have now been extended periods of stability
in these markets, the environment remains unpredictable. The main risks we face are damage to market
confidence, changes to the access and cost of funding and a slowing in global activity or other impacts on entities
with whom we do business.
As of 31 March 2018, approximately 30% of our total funding originated from domestic and international wholesale
markets. Of this, around 65% was sourced outside Australia and New Zealand. Customer deposits provide around
62% of total funding. Customer deposits held by Westpac are comprised of both term deposits which can be
withdrawn after a certain period of time and at call deposits which can be withdrawn at any time.
A shift in investment preferences could result in deposit withdrawals by customers which could increase our need
for funding from other, potentially less stable, or more expensive, forms of funding.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 81
If market conditions deteriorate due to economic, financial, political or other reasons, there may also be a loss of
confidence in bank deposits and we could experience unexpected deposit withdrawals. In this situation our funding
costs may be adversely affected and our liquidity and our funding and lending activities may be constrained.
If our current sources of funding prove to be insufficient, we may be forced to seek alternative financing. The
availability of such alternative financing, and the terms on which it may be available, will depend on a variety of
factors, including prevailing market conditions, the availability of credit, our credit ratings and credit market
capacity. Even if available, these alternatives may be more expensive or on unfavourable terms, which could
adversely affect our financial performance, liquidity, capital resources or financial condition. There is no assurance
that we will be able to obtain adequate funding and do so at acceptable prices, nor that we will be able to recover
any additional costs.
If Westpac is unable to source appropriate funding, we may also be forced to reduce our lending or begin selling
liquid securities. Such actions may adversely impact our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial
performance or financial condition.
Westpac enters into collateralised derivative obligations, which may require Westpac to post additional collateral
based on movements in market rates, which has the potential to adversely affect Westpac’s liquidity or ability to
use derivative obligations to hedge its interest rate, currency and other financial instrument risks.
For a more detailed description of liquidity risk, refer to ‘Funding and liquidity risk management’ in Note 22 to the
financial statements in our 2017 Annual Report.
Sovereign risk may destabilise financial markets adversely
Sovereign risk is the risk that governments will default on their debt obligations, will be unable to refinance their
debts as they fall due or will nationalise parts of their economy including assets of financial institutions such as
Westpac. Sovereign defaults could negatively impact the value of our holdings of high quality liquid assets. There
may also be a cascading effect to other markets and countries, the consequences of which, while difficult to
predict, may be similar to or worse than those experienced during the Global Financial Crisis. Such an event could
destabilise global financial markets adversely affecting our liquidity, financial performance or financial condition.
Failure to maintain credit ratings could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity, competitive position
and access to capital markets
Credit ratings are independent opinions on our creditworthiness. Our credit ratings can affect the cost and
availability of our funding from capital markets and other funding sources and they may be important to customers
or counterparties when evaluating our products and services. Therefore, maintaining high credit ratings is
important.
The credit ratings assigned to us by rating agencies are based on an evaluation of a number of factors, including
our financial strength, the quality of our governance, structural considerations regarding the Australian financial
system and the credit rating of the Australian Government. A credit rating downgrade could be driven by a
downgrade of the Australian Government, the occurrence of one or more of the other risks identified in this section
or by other events including changes to the methodologies used by the rating agencies to determine ratings.
A downgrade or series of downgrades to our credit ratings could have an adverse effect on our cost of funds and
related margins, collateral requirements, liquidity, competitive position and our access to capital markets. The
extent and nature of these impacts would depend on various factors, including the extent of any ratings change,
whether our ratings differ among agencies (split ratings) and whether any ratings changes also impact our
competitors or the sector.
A systemic shock in relation to the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems could have adverse
consequences for Westpac or its customers or counterparties that would be difficult to predict and
respond to
There is a risk that a major systemic shock could occur that causes an adverse impact on the Australian, New
Zealand or other financial systems.
As outlined above, during the past decade the financial services industry and capital markets have been, and may
continue to be, adversely affected by market volatility, global economic conditions, geopolitical instability (such as
threats of or actual conflict occurring around the world) and political developments (such as Brexit and the
introduction of tariffs and other trade barriers by various countries). A shock to one of the major global economies
could again result in currency and interest rate fluctuations and operational disruptions that negatively impact the
Group.
Any such market and economic disruptions could adversely affect financial institutions such as Westpac because
consumer and business spending may decrease, unemployment may rise and demand for the products and
services we provide may decline, thereby reducing our earnings. These conditions may also affect the ability of our
borrowers to repay their loans or our counterparties to meet their obligations, causing us to incur higher credit
losses and affect investors’ willingness to invest in the Group. These events could also result in the undermining of
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
82 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
confidence in the financial system, reducing liquidity, impairing our access to funding and impairing our customers
and counterparties and their businesses. If this were to occur, our business, prospects, financial performance or
financial condition could be adversely affected.
The nature and consequences of any such event are difficult to predict and there can be no certainty that we could
respond effectively to any such event.
Declines in asset markets could adversely affect our operations or profitability
Declines in Australian, New Zealand or other asset markets, including equity, residential and commercial property
and other asset markets, could adversely affect our operations and profitability.
Declining asset prices also impact our wealth management business. Earnings in our wealth management
business are, in part, dependent on asset values because we typically receive fees based on the value of
securities and/or assets held or managed. A decline in asset prices could negatively impact the earnings of this
business.
Declining asset prices could also impact customers and counterparties and the value of security (including
residential and commercial property) we hold against loans and derivatives. This may impact our ability to recover
amounts owing to us if customers or counterparties were to default. It may also affect our level of provisioning
which in turn impacts our profitability and financial condition.
Our business is substantially dependent on the Australian and New Zealand economies
Our revenues and earnings are dependent on economic activity and the level of financial services our customers
require. In particular, lending is dependent on various factors including economic growth, business investment,
business and consumer sentiment, levels of employment, interest rates, asset prices and trade flows in the
countries in which we operate.
We conduct the majority of our business in Australia and New Zealand and, consequently, our performance is
influenced by the level and cyclical nature of lending in these countries. These factors are in turn impacted by both
domestic and international economic conditions, natural disasters and political events. A significant decrease in
Australian and New Zealand housing valuations could adversely impact our home lending activities because
borrowers with loans in excess of their property value show a higher propensity to default. In the event of defaults
our security may be eroded, causing us to incur higher credit losses. The demand for our home lending products
may also decline due to adverse changes in tax legislation (such as changes to tax rates, concessions or
deductions), regulatory requirements or other buyer concerns about decreases in values.
Adverse changes to economic and business conditions in Australia and New Zealand and other countries such as
China, India and Japan, could also adversely affect the Australian economy and our customers. In particular, due
to the current economic relationship between Australia and China, particularly in the mining and resources sectors,
a slowdown in China’s economic growth could negatively impact the Australian economy. Changes in commodity
prices, Chinese government policies and broader economic conditions could, in turn, result in reduced demand for
our products and services and affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. If this were to occur, it could
negatively impact our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
An increase in defaults in credit exposures could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial
performance or financial condition
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to
Westpac. It is a significant risk and arises primarily from our lending activities.
We establish provisions for credit impairment based on current information. If economic conditions deteriorate,
some customers and/or counterparties could experience higher levels of financial stress and we may experience a
significant increase in defaults and write-offs, and be required to increase our provisioning. Such events would
diminish available capital and could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or
financial condition.
Credit risk also arises from certain derivative, clearing and settlement contracts we enter into, and from our
dealings with, and holdings of, debt securities issued by other banks, financial institutions, companies, clearing
houses, governments and government bodies, the financial conditions of which may be affected to varying
degrees by economic conditions in global financial markets.
For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of credit risk, refer to the ‘Risk
management’ section and Note 22 to the financial statements in our 2017 Annual Report.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 83
We face intense competition in all aspects of our business
The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete, both domestically and internationally, with retail
and commercial banks, asset managers, investment banking firms, brokerage firms, other financial service firms
and businesses in other industries with emerging financial services aspirations. This includes specialist
competitors that may not be subject to the same capital and regulatory requirements and therefore may be able to
operate more efficiently. Digital technologies are changing consumer behaviour and the competitive environment.
The use of digital channels by customers to conduct their banking continues to rise and emerging competitors are
increasingly utilising new technologies and seeking to disrupt existing business models, including in relation to
digital payment services. The Group faces competition from established providers of financial services as well as
from banking businesses developed by non-financial services companies.
If we are unable to compete effectively in our various businesses and markets, our market share may decline.
Increased competition may also adversely affect us by diverting business to our competitors or creating pressure
to lower margins and fees.
Increased competition for deposits could also increase our cost of funding and lead us to seek access to other
types of funding or reduce lending. We rely on bank deposits to fund a significant portion of our balance sheet and
deposits have been a relatively stable source of funding. We compete with banks and other financial services firms
for such deposits. To the extent that we are not able to successfully compete for deposits, we would be forced to
rely more heavily on other, potentially less stable or more expensive forms of funding, or reduce lending.
We are also dependent on our ability to offer products and services that match evolving customer preferences. If
we are not successful in developing or introducing new products and services or responding or adapting to
changes in customer preferences and habits, we may lose customers to our competitors. This could adversely
affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
For more detail on how we address competitive pressures refer to ‘Competition’ in Section 1 of our 2017 Annual
Report.
We could suffer losses due to market volatility
We are exposed to market risk as a consequence of our trading activities in financial markets, our defined benefit
plan and through the asset and liability management of our financial position. This is the risk of an adverse impact
on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, equity
prices and interest rates including the potential for negative interest rates. This includes interest rate risk in the
banking book, such as the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities
that arises in the normal course of business activities. If we were to suffer substantial losses due to any market
volatility it may adversely affect our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or
financial condition. For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of market risk,
refer to the ‘Risk management’ section of our 2017 Annual Report.
We could suffer losses due to operational risks
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequacies or failures of processes, systems or people or from
external events. It also includes, among other things, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk, as well as
the risk of business disruption due to external events such as natural disasters, environmental hazard, damage to
critical utilities, and targeted activism and protest activity. While we have policies, processes and controls in place
to manage these risks, these may not always be effective.
If a process or control is ineffective, it could result in an adverse outcome for Westpac’s customers. For example, a
process breakdown could result in a customer not receiving a product on the terms and conditions, or at the
pricing, they agreed to. In addition, inadequate record keeping may prevent Westpac from demonstrating that a
past decision was appropriate at the time it was made. If this was to occur, Westpac may incur significant costs in
paying refunds and compensation to customers, as well as remediating any underlying process breakdown. These
types of failure may also result in increased regulatory scrutiny, with a regulator potentially commencing an
investigation and/or taking other enforcement, administrative or supervisory action.
We could incur losses from fraudulent applications for loans or from incorrect or fraudulent payments and
settlements, particularly real-time payments. Fraudulent conduct can also emerge from external parties seeking to
access the bank’s systems and customers’ accounts. If systems, procedures and protocols for managing fraud fail,
or are ineffective, they could lead to losses which could adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation,
financial performance or financial condition.
As a financial services organisation, Westpac is heavily reliant on the use of data and models in the conduct of its
business (including in the calculation of risk weighted assets). We are therefore exposed to model risk, being the
risk of loss arising because of errors or inadequacies in data or a model, or in the control and use of the model.
Westpac also relies on a number of suppliers, both in Australia and overseas, to provide services to it and its
customers. Failure by these suppliers to deliver services as required could disrupt services and adversely impact
Westpac’s operations, profitability or reputation.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
84 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Operational risks can directly impact our reputation and result in financial losses (including through decreased
demand for our products and services) which would adversely affect our financial performance or financial
condition.
For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of operational risk, refer to the
‘Risk management’ section of our 2017 Annual Report.
We could suffer losses due to litigation (including class action proceedings)
The Group (and individual entities within the Group) may, from time to time, be involved in legal proceedings,
regulatory actions or arbitration arising from the conduct of their business and the performance of their legal and
regulatory obligations.
Proceedings could be commenced against the Group by a range of potential plaintiffs, such as our customers,
shareholders, suppliers and counterparties. These plaintiffs may commence proceedings individually or they may
commence class action proceedings. In recent years, there has been an increase in the number of class action
proceedings brought against financial services companies (and other organisations more broadly), many of which
have resulted in significant monetary settlements.
From time to time, class action proceedings are commenced against the Group. For example:
• In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York
against Westpac and a large number of other Australian and international banks alleging misconduct in relation
to the bank bill swap reference rate. These proceedings are at an early stage and the level of damages sought
has not been specified. Westpac is defending these proceedings.
• On 12 October 2017 a class action against Westpac and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) was
filed in the Federal Court of Australia. The class action was filed on behalf of customers who, since October
2011, obtained insurance issued by WLIS on the recommendation of certain financial advisers employed within
the Westpac Group. The plaintiffs have alleged that aspects of the financial advice provided by those advisers
breached fiduciary and statutory duties owed to the advisers’ clients, including the duty to act in the best
interests of the client, and that WLIS was knowingly involved in those alleged breaches. Westpac and WLIS
are defending the proceedings. An initial trial in the proceedings has been scheduled for March 2019.
Furthermore, the risk of a class action proceeding being commenced is heightened by adverse information and
findings from a regulatory investigation or inquiry (such as the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Financial
Services Industry) or from adverse media coverage.
Litigation (including class action proceedings) may, either individually or in aggregate, adversely affect the Group’s
business, operations, prospects, reputation or financial condition. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties
(for example, the outcome may not be able to be predicted accurately) and the Group may be required to comply
with broad court orders, including enforcement orders or otherwise pay money such as damages, fines, penalties
or legal costs.
The Group’s material contingent liabilities are described in Note 14 to the financial statements in this Interim
Financial Results Announcement. There is a risk that these contingent liabilities may be larger than anticipated or
that additional litigation or other contingent liabilities may arise.
We could suffer losses due to conduct risk
Conduct risk is the risk that our provision of services and products results in unsuitable or unfair outcomes for our
stakeholders or undermines market integrity. This risk can arise through the poor conduct of our employees,
contractors and external service providers. In addition, conduct risk could occur through the provision of products
and services to our customers that do not meet their needs or do not support market integrity. This could occur
through a failure to meet professional obligations to specific clients (including fiduciary and suitability
requirements), poor product design and implementation, failing to adequately consider customer needs, or selling
products and services outside of customer target markets or a failure to adequately provide the products or
services we had agreed to provide a customer. While we have frameworks, policies, processes and controls that
are designed to manage poor conduct outcomes, these policies and processes may not always be effective. The
failure of these policies and processes could result in financial losses and reputational damage and this could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
We could suffer losses due to failures in governance or risk management strategies
We have implemented risk management strategies, frameworks and internal controls involving processes and
procedures intended to identify, monitor and manage risks including liquidity risk, credit risk, equity risk, market
risk (such as interest rate and foreign exchange risk), compliance risk, conduct risk, insurance risk, sustainability
risk, related entity (contagion) risk and operational risk, all of which may impact the Group’s reputation.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 85
However, there are inherent limitations with any risk management framework as there may exist, or emerge in the
future, risks that we have not anticipated or identified. The effectiveness of risk management frameworks is also
connected to the establishment and maintenance of a sound risk management culture. The development of
appropriate remuneration structures can play an important role in supporting the establishment of, and contributing
to the maintenance, of a sound risk culture. However, if there is a deficiency in the design or operation of our
remuneration structures, this could have a negative effect on our risk culture, which could, in turn, have an adverse
impact on the effectiveness of our risk management frameworks.
If any of our governance or risk management processes and procedures prove ineffective or inadequate or are
otherwise not appropriately implemented, we could suffer unexpected losses and reputational damage which
could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
For a discussion of our risk management procedures, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section in our 2017 Annual
Report.
Climate change may have adverse effects on our business
We, our customers and external suppliers, may be adversely affected by the physical risks of climate change,
including increases in temperatures, sea levels, and the frequency and severity of adverse climatic events
including fires, storms, floods, and droughts. These effects, whether acute or chronic in nature, may directly impact
us and our customers through reputational damage, environmental factors, insurance risk, business disruption and
an increase in defaults in credit exposures.
Initiatives to mitigate or respond to adverse impacts of climate change may in turn impact market and asset prices,
economic activity, and customer behaviour, particularly in geographic locations and industry sectors adversely
affected by these changes. Failure to effectively manage these transition risks could adversely affect our business,
prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.
We could suffer losses due to environmental factors
We and our customers operate businesses and hold assets in a diverse range of geographic locations. Any
significant environmental change or external event (including fire, storm, flood, earthquake, pandemic, civil unrest
or terrorism events) in any of these locations has the potential to disrupt business activities, impact on our
operations, damage property and otherwise affect the value of assets held in the affected locations and our ability
to recover amounts owing to us. In addition, such an event could have an adverse impact on economic activity,
consumer and investor confidence, or the levels of volatility in financial markets, all of which could adversely affect
our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
We could suffer losses due to insurance risk
We have exposure to insurance risk in our life insurance, general insurance and lenders mortgage insurance
businesses, which may adversely affect our business, operations or financial condition.
Insurance risk is the risk of mis-estimation of the expected cost of insured events, volatility in the number or
severity of insured events, and mis-estimation of the cost of incurred claims.
In the life insurance business, risk arises primarily through mortality (death) and morbidity (illness and injury) risks,
the costs of claims relating to those risks being greater than was anticipated when pricing those risks and policy
lapses.
In the general insurance business, insurance risk arises mainly through environmental factors (including storms,
floods and bushfires) and other calamities, such as earthquakes, tsunamis and volcanic activity, as well as general
variability in home and contents insurance claim amounts. The frequency and severity of external events such as
natural disasters is difficult to predict and it is possible that the amounts we reserve for potential losses from
existing events, such as those arising from natural disaster events, may not be adequate to cover actual claims
that may arise.
In the lenders mortgage insurance business, insurance risk arises primarily from unexpected downturn in
economic conditions leading to higher levels of mortgage defaults from unemployment or other economic factors.
If our reinsurance arrangements are not effective, this could also lead to greater risks, and more losses than
anticipated.
Changes in critical accounting estimates and judgements could expose the Group to losses
The Group is required to make estimates, assumptions and judgements when applying accounting policies and
preparing its financial statements, particularly in connection with the calculation of provisions (including those
related to credit losses) and the determination of the fair value of financial instruments. A change in a critical
accounting estimate, assumption and/or judgement resulting from new information or from changes in
circumstances or experience could result in the Group incurring losses greater than those anticipated or provided
for. This may have an adverse effect on the Group’s financial performance, financial condition and reputation. The
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
86 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Group’s financial performance and financial condition may also be impacted by changes to accounting standards
or to generally accepted accounting principles.
We could suffer losses due to impairment of capitalised software, goodwill and other intangible assets
that may adversely affect our business, operations or financial condition.
In certain circumstances Westpac may be exposed to a reduction in the value of intangible assets. As at 31 March
2018, Westpac carried goodwill principally related to its investments in Australia, other intangible assets principally
relating to assets recognised on acquisition of subsidiaries and capitalised software balances.
Westpac is required to assess the recoverability of the goodwill and other intangible asset balances on at least an
annual basis or wherever an indicator of impairment exists. For this purpose Westpac uses a discounted cash flow
calculation. Changes in the methodology or assumptions upon which the calculation is based, together with
expected changes in future cash flows, could materially impact this assessment, resulting in the potential write-off
of part or all of the intangible assets.
Capitalised software and other intangible assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at least annually or on
indication of impairment. In the event that an asset is no longer in use, or its value has been reduced or that its
estimated useful life has declined, an impairment will be recorded, adversely impacting the Group’s financial
condition. The estimates and assumptions used in assessing the useful life of an asset can be affected by a range
of factors including changes in strategy and the rate of external changes in technology and regulatory
requirements.
We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down underwritten securities
As a financial intermediary, we underwrite listed and unlisted debt and equity securities. Underwriting activities
include the development of solutions for corporate and institutional customers who need capital and investor
customers who have an appetite for certain investment products. We may guarantee the pricing and placement of
these facilities. We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down our risk to other market participants. This
risk is more pronounced in times of heightened market volatility.
Certain strategic decisions may have adverse effects on our business
Westpac, at times, evaluates and may implement strategic decisions and objectives including diversification,
innovation, divestment or business expansion initiatives.
The expansion or integration of a new business, or entry into a new business, can be complex and costly and may
require Westpac to comply with additional local or foreign regulatory requirements which may carry additional
risks.
Westpac also acquires and invests in businesses owned and operated by external parties. These transactions
involve a number of risks for the Group. For example, Westpac may incur financial losses if a business it invests in
does not perform as anticipated or subsequently proves to be overvalued at the time that the transaction was
entered into.
In addition, we may be unable to successfully divest businesses or assets. These activities may, for a variety of
reasons, not deliver the anticipated positive business results and could have a negative impact on our business,
prospects, engagement with regulators, financial performance or financial condition.
Rounding of amounts
ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 applies to Westpac and in
accordance with that Legislative Instrument all amounts have been rounded to the nearest million dollars unless
otherwise stated.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 87
Auditor’s independence declaration
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is
below.
Auditor’s Independence Declaration
As lead auditor for the review of Westpac Banking Corporation for the half-year ended 31 March
2018, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:
(a)no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in
relation to the review; and
(b)no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the review.
This declaration is in respect of Westpac Banking Corporation and the entities it controlled during
the period.
Lona Mathis
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Sydney
7 May 2018
PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 2001
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au
Level 11, 1PSQ, 169 Macquarie Street, Parramatta NSW 2150, PO Box 1155 Parramatta NSW 2124
T: +61 2 9659 2476, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
2018 Interim financial report
Directors' report
88 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Responsibility statement
The Directors of Westpac Banking Corporation confirm that to the best of their knowledge:
(i) the interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting
and are in compliance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board; and
(ii) the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the information required by DTR 4.2.7 R of the Disclosure
Guidance and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors.
Lindsay Maxsted
Chairman
Brian Hartzer
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer
Sydney, Australia
7 May 2018
2018 Interim financial report
Consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 89
4.2 Consolidated income statement for the half year ended 31 March 2018
Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m Note March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Interest income 3 16,090 15,839 15,393 2 5
Interest expense 3 (7,812) (7,936) (7,780) (2) -
Net interest income 8,278 7,903 7,613 5 9
Non-interest income 4 2,875 3,130 3,156 (8) (9)
Net operating income before
operating expenses and impairment charges 11,153 11,033 10,769 1 4
Operating expenses 5 (4,725) (4,801) (4,633) (2) 2
Impairment charges 10 (393) (360) (493) 9 (20)
Profit before income tax
6,035 5,872 5,643
3 7
Income tax expense 6 (1,835) (1,787) (1,731) 3 6
Net profit for the period
4,200 4,085 3,912
3 7
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests (2) (2) (5) - (60)
Net profit attributable to owners of
Westpac Banking Corporation
4,198 4,083 3,907
3 7
Earnings per share (cents)
Basic 7 123.7 121.2 116.8 2 6
Diluted
1
7 119.7 116.7 112.6 3 6
The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
1
Comparative for 31 March 2017 have been restated.
2018 Interim financial report
Consolidated financial statements
90 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
4.3 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the half year ended 31 March 2018
Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Net profit for the period 4,200 4,085 3,912
3 7
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently
to profit or loss
Gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities:
Recognised in equity (33) (93) 168 (65) large
Transferred to income statements (9) (2) (1) large large
Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging instruments:
Recognised in equity (65) (20) (71) large (8)
Transferred to income statements 94 86 29 9 large
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 35 (78) (38) large large
Income tax on items taken to or transferred from equity:
Available-for-sale securities reserve 13 28 (46) (54) large
Cash flow hedge reserve (9) (19) 13 (53) large
Share of associates' other comprehensive income:
Recognised in equity (net of tax) - 5 (2) (100) (100)
Transferred to income statements - 9 - (100) -
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently
to profit or loss
Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities
designated at fair value (net of tax) 24 (111) (53) large large
Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation
recognised in equity (net of tax) (13) 76 114 large large
Other comprehensive income for the
period (net of tax) 37 (119) 113
large (67)
Total comprehensive income for the period 4,237 3,966 4,025
7 5
Attributable to:
Owners of Westpac Banking Corporation 4,235 3,964 4,020 7 5
Non-controlling interests 2 2 5 - (60)
Total comprehensive income for the period 4,237 3,966 4,025
7 5
The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the
accompanying notes.
2018 Interim financial report
Consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 91
4.4 Consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2018
Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m Note 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Assets
Cash and balances with central banks 21,580 18,397 15,912 17 36
Receivables due from other financial institutions 3,977 7,128 9,545 (44) (58)
Trading securities and financial assets designated
at fair value 20,627 25,324 30,977 (19) (33)
Derivative financial instruments 26,904 24,033 24,619 12 9
Available-for-sale securities 64,857 60,710 59,952 7 8
Loans 9 701,393 684,919 666,946 2 5
Life insurance assets 10,481 10,643 10,934 (2) (4)
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas 1,318 1,048 1,409 26 (6)
Investments in associates 80 60 716 33 (89)
Property and equipment 1,328 1,487 1,574 (11) (16)
Deferred tax assets 1,120 1,112 986 1 14
Intangible assets 11,693 11,652 11,639 - -
Other assets 6,497 5,362 4,784 21 36
Total assets
871,855 851,875 839,993
2 4
Liabilities
Payables due to other financial institutions 19,073 21,907 21,390 (13) (11)
Deposits and other borrowings 12 547,736 533,591 522,513 3 5
Other financial liabilities at fair value through
income statement 5,590 4,056 4,894 38 14
Derivative financial instruments 24,066 25,375 28,457 (5) (15)
Debt issues 174,138 168,356 167,306 3 4
Current tax liabilities 299 308 144 (3) 108
Life insurance liabilities 8,763 9,019 9,158 (3) (4)
Provisions 1,245 1,462 1,187 (15) 5
Deferred tax liabilities 17 10 17 70 -
Other liabilities 9,930 8,783 8,449 13 18
Total liabilities excluding loan capital
790,857 772,867 763,515
2 4
Loan capital 18,333 17,666 17,106 4 7
Total liabilities
809,190 790,533 780,621
2 4
Net assets
62,665 61,342 59,372
2 6
Shareholders’ equity
Share capital:
Ordinary share capital 15 35,168 34,889 33,765 1 4
Treasury shares and RSP treasury shares 15 (565) (495) (501) 14 13
Reserves 15 890 794 845 12 5
Retained profits 27,122 26,100 25,206 4 8
Total equity attributable to owners of
Westpac Banking Corporation 62,615 61,288 59,315
2 6
Non-controlling interests 50 54 57 (7) (12)
Total shareholders' equity and non-
controlling interests 62,665 61,342 59,372
2 6
The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
2018 Interim financial report
Consolidated financial statements
92 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
4.5 Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the half year ended 31 March 2018
Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities
Total equity Total
attributable shareholders'
to owners equity and
Share of Westpac Non- non-
Capital Retained Banking controlling controlling
$m (Note 15) Reserves profits Corporation Interests interests
Balance at 1 October 2016 33,014 727 24,379 58,120 61 58,181
Net profit for the period - - 3,907 3,907 5 3,912
Net other comprehensive income for the period - 52 61 113 - 113
Total comprehensive income for the period - 52 3,968 4,020 5 4,025
Transactions in capacity as equity holders
Dividends on ordinary shares
1
- - (3,141) (3,141) - (3,141)
Dividend reinvestment plan 327 - - 327 - 327
Other equity movements
Share based payment arrangements - 65 - 65 - 65
Exercise of employee share options and rights 6 - - 6 - 6
Purchase of shares (net of issue costs) (37) - - (37) - (37)
(Acquisition)/Disposal of treasury shares (46) - - (46) - (46)
Other - 1 - 1 (9) (8)
Total contributions and distributions 250 66 (3,141) (2,825) (9) (2,834)
Balance at 31 March 2017 33,264 845 25,206 59,315 57 59,372
Net profit for the period - - 4,083 4,083 2 4,085
Net other comprehensive income for the period - (84) (35) (119) - (119)
Total comprehensive income for the period - (84) 4,048 3,964 2 3,966
Transactions in capacity as equity holders
Dividends on ordinary shares
1
- - (3,150) (3,150) - (3,150)
Dividend reinvestment plan 1,125 - - 1,125 - 1,125
Other equity movements
Share based payment arrangements - 33 - 33 - 33
Exercise of employee share options and rights 5 - - 5 - 5
Purchase of shares (net of issue costs) (6) - - (6) - (6)
(Acquisition)/Disposal of treasury shares 6 - - 6 - 6
Other - - (4) (4) (5) (9)
Total contributions and distributions 1,130 33 (3,154) (1,991) (5) (1,996)
Balance at 30 September 2017 34,394 794 26,100 61,288 54 61,342
Net profit for the period - - 4,198 4,198 2 4,200
Net other comprehensive income for the period - 26 11 37 - 37
Total comprehensive income for the period - 26 4,209 4,235 2 4,237
Transactions in capacity as equity holders
Dividends on ordinary shares
1
- - (3,187) (3,187) - (3,187)
Dividend reinvestment plan 310 - - 310 - 310
Other equity movements
Share based payment arrangements - 69 - 69 - 69
Exercise of employee share options and rights - - - - - -
Purchase of shares (net of issue costs) (31) - - (31) - (31)
(Acquisition)/Disposal of treasury shares (70) - - (70) - (70)
Other - 1 - 1 (6) (5)
Total contributions and distributions 209 70 (3,187) (2,908) (6) (2,914)
Balance at 31 March 2018 34,603 890 27,122 62,615 50 62,665
The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying
notes.
1
2018 comprises 2017 final dividend 94 cents (2017: 2017 interim dividend 94 cents and 2016 final dividend 94 cents), all fully franked
at 30%.
2018 Interim financial report
Consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 93
4.6 Consolidated cash flow statement for the half year ended 31 March 2018
Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m Note March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received 15,998 15,832 15,301 1 5
Interest paid (7,820) (7,722) (7,693) 1 2
Dividends received excluding life business 1 3 24 (67) (96)
Other non-interest income received 2,901 2,208 2,856 31 2
Operating expenses paid (4,310) (3,688) (4,278) 17 1
Income tax paid excluding life business (1,793) (1,454) (1,934) 23 (7)
Life business:
Receipts from policyholders and customers 946 1,172 1,067 (19) (11)
Interest and other items of similar nature 15 12 12 25 25
Dividends received 83 272 161 (69) (48)
Payments to policyholders and suppliers (794) (900) (961) (12) (17)
Income tax paid (51) (97) (67) (47) (24)
Cash flows from operating activities before changes in
operating assets and liabilities 5,176 5,638 4,488 (8) 15
Net (increase)/decrease in:
Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value 4,982 5,464 (10,518) (9) large
Loans (14,764) (18,103) (8,712) (18) 69
Receivables due from other financial institutions 3,245 2,310 343 40 large
Life insurance assets and liabilities (88) 175 44 large large
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas (250) 336 (28) large large
Derivative financial instruments (1,100) (2,987) (2,055) (63) (46)
Other assets (126) (358) 558 (65) large
Net increase/(decrease) in:
Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement 1,526 (840) 159 large large
Deposits and other borrowings 12,008 11,541 11,521 4 4
Payables due to other financial institutions (2,965) 616 3,243 large large
Other liabilities 48 (294) 279 large (83)
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
16
7,692 3,498 (678)
120 large
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from available-for-sale securities 11,495 9,562 16,155 20 (29)
Purchase of available-for-sale securities (15,575) (10,475) (16,553) 49 (6)
Purchase of intangible assets (389) (422) (344) (8) 13
Purchase of property and equipment (95) (163) (101) (42) (6)
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment 63 24 41 163 54
Purchase of associates (13) (52) - (75) -
Proceeds from disposal of associates - 630 - (100) -
Proceeds from disposal of controlled entities, net of cash disposed 16 9 - - - -
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
(4,505) (896) (802)
large large
Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of loan capital (net of issue costs) 1,618 2,330 2,107 (31) (23)
Redemption of loan capital (1,025) (1,672) (516) (39) 99
Net increase/(decrease) in debt issues 2,124 1,465 1,784 45 19
Proceeds from exercise of employee options - 5 6 (100) (100)
Purchase of shares on exercise of employee options and rights (4) (6) (11) (33) (64)
Shares purchased for delivery of employee share plan (27) - (27) - -
Purchase of RSP treasury shares (70) (3) (65) large 8
Net sale/(purchase) of other treasury shares - (12) 19 (100) (100)
Payment of dividends (2,877) (2,025) (2,814) 42 2
Payment of distributions to non-controlling interests (6) (5) (8) 20 (25)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
(267) 77 475
large large
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 2,920 2,679 (1,005) 9 large
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
263 (194) (98) large large
Cash and cash equivalents as at the beginning of the period 18,397 15,912 17,015 16 8
Cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the period
21,580 18,397 15,912
17 36
The above consolidated cash flow statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. Details
of the reconciliation of net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities to net profit are provided in Note 16.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
94 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
4.7 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Note 1. Basis of preparation
This general purpose interim financial report for the half year ended 31 March 2018 has been prepared in
accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Act
2001 and is also compliant with International Accounting Standard IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.
The interim financial report does not include all the notes of the type normally included in an annual financial
report. Accordingly, this interim report is to be read in conjunction with the annual financial report for the year
ended 30 September 2017 and any relevant public announcements made by Westpac during the interim reporting
period in accordance with the continuous disclosure requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX
Listing Rules.
The interim financial report complies with current Australian Accounting Standards (AAS) as they relate to interim
financial reports.
The interim financial report was authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 7 May 2018.
All amounts have been rounded in accordance with ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports)
Instrument 2016/191, to the nearest million dollars, unless otherwise stated.
Amendments to Accounting Standards effective this period
No amendments were adopted during the period.
Critical accounting assumptions and estimates
In preparing the interim financial report, the application of the Group’s accounting policies requires the use of
judgement, assumptions and estimates.
The areas of judgement, assumptions and estimates in the interim financial report, including the key sources of
estimation uncertainty, are consistent with those in the annual financial report for the year ended 30 September
2017.
Future developments in accounting standards
The following new standards and interpretations which may have a material impact on the Group have been
issued but are not yet effective, and unless otherwise stated, have not been early adopted by the Group:
AASB 9 Financial Instruments (December 2014) (AASB 9) will replace AASB 139 Financial Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement (AASB 139). It includes a forward looking ‘expected credit loss’ impairment model,
revised classification and measurement model and modifies the approach to hedge accounting. The standard is
effective for the 30 September 2019 year end. The major changes under the standard and details of the
implementation project are outlined below.
Impairment
AASB 9 introduces a revised impairment model which requires entities to recognise expected credit losses based
on unbiased forward looking information, replacing the existing incurred loss model which only recognises
impairment if there is objective evidence that a loss has been incurred. Key elements of the new impairment model
are:
• requires more timely recognition of expected credit losses using a three stage approach. For financial assets
where there has been no significant increase in credit risk since origination a provision for 12 months expected
credit losses is required (stage 1). For financial assets where there has been a significant increase in credit risk
or where the asset is credit impaired a provision for full lifetime expected losses is required (stages 2 and 3
respectively);
• expected credit losses are probability-weighted amounts determined by evaluating a range of possible
outcomes and taking into account the time value of money, past events, current conditions and forecasts of
future economic conditions. This will involve a greater use of judgement than the existing impairment model;
and
• interest is calculated on the gross carrying amount of a financial asset, except where the asset is credit
impaired (i.e. stage 3).
Implementation
Measurement
Models have been developed and tested for significant portfolios with parallel runs to be performed during the
second half of the year. The results of these parallel runs will be used to test models, analyse the results and
make refinements where appropriate.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 95
Note 1. Basis of preparation (continued)
These models use three main components to determine the expected credit loss (as well as the time value of
money) including:
• Probability of default (PD): the probability that a counterparty will default;
• Loss given default (LGD): the loss that is expected to arise in the event of a default; and
• Exposure at default (EAD): the estimated outstanding amount of credit exposure at the time of the default.
The models use a 12 month timeframe for expected losses in stage 1 and a lifetime timeframe for expected losses
in stages 2 and 3. The models incorporate past experience, current conditions and multiple probability-weighted
macroeconomic scenarios for reasonably supportable future economic conditions. Where appropriate, adjustments
will be made to modelled outcomes to reflect reasonable and supportable information not already incorporated in
the models.
The Group intends to quantify the potential impact of adopting AASB 9 once it is practical to provide a reliable
estimate. We expect that this will be reported in the Westpac 2018 Full Year financial results.
Movement between stages
An asset will move from stage 1 to stage 2 if there has been a significant increase in credit risk. The judgement to
determine this will be primarily based on changes in internal customer risk grades since origination of the facility.
The movement between stages 2 and 3 will be based on whether financial assets are credit-impaired at the
reporting date which is expected to be similar to the individual assessment of impairment for financial assets under
the current AASB 139. Assets may move in both directions through the stages of the impairment model. Assets
previously in stage 2 may move back to stage 1 if it is no longer considered that there has been a significant
deterioration of credit risk. Similarly, assets in stage 3 may move back to stage 2 if they are no longer assessed to
be credit-impaired.
Forward looking information
The estimation of forward looking information is a key area requiring judgement. The Group intends to consider a
minimum of three future macroeconomic scenarios. These will include a base case scenario along with upside and
downside scenarios. The macroeconomic variables in these scenarios, based on current economic forecasts,
include (but are not limited to) unemployment rates, gross domestic product and residential and commercial
property price indices. The macroeconomic variables and probability weightings of the three scenarios will be
subject to the approval of the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Risk Officer with oversight from the Board of
Directors.
Governance
The Group is establishing a governance framework and implementing appropriate controls to address the new
requirements of AASB 9 including key areas of judgement such as the determination of a significant increase in
credit risk and the use of forward looking information in future economic scenarios along with controls addressing
credit data and systems and the expected credit loss models.
The AASB 9 provision calculation models are being independently reviewed, validated and approved in
accordance with the Group’s model risk policies. The key judgements in relation to the new provisioning
methodology are being progressively discussed and agreed with the Board Risk and Compliance Committee
(BRCC) and Board Audit Committee.
Classification and measurement
AASB 9 replaces the classification and measurement model in AASB 139 with a new model that categorises
financial assets based on a) the business model within which the assets are managed, and b) whether the
contractual cash flows under the instrument solely represent the payment of principal and interest. Financial
assets will be measured at:
• amortised cost where the business model is to hold the financial assets in order to collect contractual cash
flows and those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest;
• fair value through other comprehensive income where the business model is to both collect contractual cash
flows and sell financial assets and the cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest. Non-
traded equity instruments can also be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income; or
• fair value through profit or loss if they are held for trading or if the cash flows on the asset do not solely
represent payments of principal and interest. An entity can also elect to measure a financial asset at fair value
through profit or loss if it eliminates or reduces an accounting mismatch.
The accounting for financial liabilities is largely unchanged.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
96 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 1. Basis of preparation (continued)
Implementation
The Group’s classification and measurement implementation project is in progress including an assessment of
business models and a review of the contractual cash flows across financial assets balances. The Group does not
currently expect that there will be a material change to the classification and measurement of financial instruments
as a result of implementing AASB 9.
Hedging
AASB 9 will change hedge accounting by increasing the eligibility of both hedged items and hedging instruments
and introducing a more principles-based approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. Adoption of the new hedge
accounting model is optional until the IASB completes its accounting for dynamic risk management project. Until
this time, current hedge accounting under AASB 139 can continue to be applied.
Implementation
The Group will apply the option to continue hedge accounting under AASB 139, however will implement the
amended AASB 7 hedge accounting disclosures as required.
Transition
The impairment and classification and measurement requirements of AASB 9 will be applied retrospectively by
adjusting the opening balance sheet at the date of initial application, 1 October 2018, with no restatement of
comparatives as permitted by the standard. However, detailed transitional disclosures will be provided in
accordance with the amended requirements of AASB 7.
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (AASB 15) was issued on 28 May 2014 and will be effective for
the 30 September 2019 financial year. The standard provides a single comprehensive model for revenue
recognition. It replaces AASB 118 Revenue and related interpretations. The application of AASB 15 is not
expected to have a material impact on the Group.
AASB 16 Leases was issued on 24 February 2016 and will be effective for the 30 September 2020 financial year.
The main changes under the standard are:
• all operating leases of greater than 12 months duration will be required to be presented on balance sheet as a
right-of-use asset and lease liability. The asset and liability will initially be measured at the present value of
non-cancellable lease payments and payments to be made in optional periods where it is reasonably certain
that the option will be exercised. Details of the Group’s lease obligations are included in Note 30 of the 2017
Annual Report; and
• all leases on balance sheet will give rise to a combination of interest expense on the lease liability and
depreciation of the right-of-use asset.
The standard will result in the recognition of an asset and liability in the balance sheet, however, the quantum of
these balances will be determined by the level of operating lease commitments greater than 12 months duration at
adoption and is not yet practicable to determine.
AASB 2016-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendments to AASB 107
was issued on 23 March 2016 and will be effective for the 30 September 2018 year end. Comparatives are not
required on first application. The standard requires additional disclosures regarding both cash and non-cash
changes in liabilities arising from financing activities. The standard is not expected to have a material impact on
the Group.
AASB 17 Insurance Contracts was issued on 18 July 2017 and will be effective for the 30 September 2022 year
end unless early adopted. This will replace AASB 4 Insurance Contracts, AASB 1023 General Insurance Contracts
and AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts. The main changes under the standard are:
• the scope of the standard may result in some contracts that are currently “unbundled”, i.e. accounted for
separately as insurance and investment contracts being required to be “bundled” and accounted for as an
insurance contract;
• portfolios of contracts (with similar risks which are managed together) will be required to be disaggregated to a
more granular level by both the age of a contract and the likelihood of the contract being onerous in order to
determine the recognition of profit over the contract period (i.e. the contractual service margin). The contractual
service margin uses a different basis to recognise profit to the current Margin on Services approach for life
insurance and therefore the pattern of profit recognition is likely to differ;
• risk adjustments, which reflect uncertainties in the amount and timing of future cash flows, are required for both
general and life insurance contracts rather than just general insurance contracts under the current accounting
standards;
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 97
Note 1. Basis of preparation (continued)
• the contract boundary, which is the period over which profit is recognised, differs and is determined based on
the ability to compel the policyholder to pay premiums or the substantive obligation to provide
coverage/services. For some general insurance contracts (e.g. some lender mortgage insurance and
reinsurance contracts) this may result in the contract boundary being longer. For life insurance, in particular
term renewable contracts, the contract boundary is expected to be shorter. Both will be impacted by different
patterns of profit recognition compared to the current standards;
• a narrower definition of what acquisition costs may be deferred;
• an election to recognise changes in assumptions regarding discount rate in other comprehensive income rather
than in profit and loss;
• an election to recognise changes in the fair value of assets supporting policy liabilities in other comprehensive
income rather than through profit and loss;
• reinsurance contracts and the associated liability is to be determined separately to the gross contract liability
and may have different contract boundaries; and
• additional disclosure requirements.
The standard is expected to result in a reduction in the level of deferred acquisition costs, however the quantum of
this and the profit and loss impacts to the Group are not yet practicable to determine.
Note 2. Segment reporting
Operating segments are presented on a basis consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key
decision makers and reflects the management of the business, rather than the legal structure of the Group.
Internally, Westpac uses ‘cash earnings’ in assessing the financial performance of its divisions. Management
believes this allows the Group to:
• more effectively assess current year performance against prior years;
• compare performance across business divisions; and
• compare performance across peer companies.
Cash earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is
therefore considered in assessing distributions, including dividends. Cash earnings is neither a measure of cash
flow nor net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes both cash and non-cash adjustments to
statutory net profit.
To determine cash earnings, three categories of adjustments are made to reported results:
• material items that key decision makers at Westpac believe do not reflect ongoing operations;
• items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles,
impact of Treasury shares and economic hedging impacts; and
• accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results.
Internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the performance of each operating
segment. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.
Reportable operating segments
The operating segments are defined by the customers they service and the services they provide:
• Consumer Bank (CB):
- responsible for sales and service of banking and financial products and services;
- customer base is consumer customers in Australia and some micro SME; and
- operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS brands.
• Business Bank (BB):
- responsible for sales and service of banking and financial products and services;
- customer base is SME and commercial business customers for facilities up to approximately $150 million;
and
- operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA and Bank of Melbourne brands.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
98 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)
• BT Financial Group (Australia) (BTFG):
- Westpac’s Australian wealth management and insurance division;
- services include the manufacturing and distribution of investment, superannuation and retirement products,
wealth administration platforms, private wealth, margin lending and equities broking;
- BTFG’s insurance business covers the manufacturing and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage
insurance;
- operates under the Advance, Asgard, Licensee Select, BT Select, and Securitor brands, as well as the
Advice, Private Banking and Insurance operations of Westpac, St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA
brands.
• Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB):
- Westpac’s institutional financial services division delivering a broad range of financial products and services;
- transactional banking, financing and debt capital markets, specialised capital, and alternative investment
solutions;
- customer base includes commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers;
- supports customers throughout Australia, as well as via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand,
the US, UK and Asia; and
- also responsible for Westpac Pacific, providing a range of banking services in Fiji and Papua New Guinea
(PNG).
• Westpac New Zealand:
- responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products to customers in New Zealand;
- customer base includes consumer, business, institutional and government customers;
- operates under the Westpac brand for banking products, the Westpac Life brand for life insurance products
and the BT brand for wealth products.
• Group Businesses include:
- Treasury which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding,
capital and management of liquidity. Treasury also manages the interest rate and foreign exchange risks
inherent in the balance sheet, including managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities.
Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from managing the Group’s balance sheet and interest rate risk,
(excluding Westpac New Zealand) within set risk limits;
- Group Technology
1
which comprises functions for the Australian businesses is responsible for technology
strategy and architecture, infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration;
- Core Support
2
, which comprises functions performed centrally, including Australian banking operations,
property services, strategy, finance, risk, compliance, legal, and human resources; and
- Group Businesses also includes items, including earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, accounting
entries for certain intra-group transactions that facilitate the presentation of the performance of the Group’s
operating segments, earnings from non-core asset sales, earnings and costs associated with the Group’s
fintech investments, and certain other head office items such as centrally held provisions.
Revisions to segment allocations
In First Half 2018, Westpac implemented a number of changes to the presentation of its divisional financial
information. These changes have no impact on the Group’s overall results or balance sheet but impact divisional
results and balance sheets. Comparative divisional financial information has been restated for these changes.
The changes include updates to the methodologies to allocate certain costs, revenues and capital to divisions.
These changes can be summarised as:
1. Allocating additional capital from Group Businesses to operating divisions, following greater clarity from APRA
on updates to its capital framework;
2. Updating the Group’s cost of funds transfer pricing methodology, including the allocation of revenue from
balance sheet management activities;
3. Realigning divisional earnings and balance sheet disclosures for recent customer transfers; and
4. Refining expense allocations to improve the allocation of support costs to divisions.
1
Costs are fully allocated to other divisions in the Group.
2
Costs are partially allocated to other divisions in the Group, with costs attributed to enterprise activity retained in Group Businesses.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 99
Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)
The tables below present the segment results on a cash earnings basis for the Group:
Half Year March 18
Westpac
BT Financial Westpac New
Consumer Business Group Institutional Zealand Group
$m Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 4,040 2,021 285 675 843 437 8,301
Non-interest income 377 589 898 749 224 13 2,850
Net operating income before operating
expenses and impairment charges 4,417 2,610 1,183 1,424 1,067 450 11,151
Operating expenses (1,730) (930) (601) (675) (429) (289) (4,654)
Impairment (charges) / benefits (233) (137) (3) 17 (24) (13) (393)
Profit before income tax 2,454 1,543 579 766 614 148 6,104
Income tax expense (737) (463) (175) (212) (173) (91) (1,851)
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests - - - (3) - 1 (2)
Cash earnings for the period 1,717 1,080 404 551 441 58 4,251
Net cash earnings adjustments (15) (2) - - 10 (46) (53)
Net profit for the period attributable to
owners of Westpac Banking Corporation 1,702 1,078 404 551 451 12 4,198
Total assets 385,959 154,969 35,806 104,766 84,285 106,070 871,855
Total liabilities 203,801 111,486 42,058 124,130 73,801 253,914 809,190
Half Year Sept 17¹
Westpac
BT Financial Westpac New
Consumer Business Group Institutional Zealand Group
$m Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 3,961 1,975 274 672 838 291 8,011
Non-interest income 380 584 850 749 235 (14) 2,784
Net operating income before operating
expenses and impairment charges 4,341 2,559 1,124 1,421 1,073 277 10,795
Operating expenses (1,727) (921) (610) (680) (442) (224) (4,604)
Impairment (charges) / benefits (293) (143) (1) 8 37 32 (360)
Profit before income tax 2,321 1,495 513 749 668 85 5,831
Income tax expense (697) (450) (156) (216) (187) (78) (1,784)
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests - - - (3) - 1 (2)
Cash earnings for the period 1,624 1,045 357 530 481 8 4,045
Net cash earnings adjustments (58) (5) 170 - (7) (62) 38
Net profit for the period attributable to
owners of Westpac Banking Corporation 1,566 1,040 527 530 474 (54) 4,083
Total assets 377,457 153,078 35,237 103,080 81,285 101,738 851,875
Total liabilities 202,689 111,385 41,431 118,875 71,432 244,721 790,533
1
Divisional comparatives have been restated.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
100 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)
Half Year March 17¹
Westpac
BT Financial Westpac New
Consumer Business Group Institutional Zealand Group
$m Bank Bank (Australia) Bank (A$) Businesses
Group
Net interest income 3,677 1,910 237 656 791 422 7,693
Non-interest income 433 557 894 958 245 (19) 3,068
Net operating income before operating
expenses and impairment charges 4,110 2,467 1,131 1,614 1,036 403 10,761
Operating expenses (1,651) (897) (589) (671) (461) (232) (4,501)
Impairment (charges) / benefits (272) (200) (3) (64) 35 11 (493)
Profit before income tax 2,187 1,370 539 879 610 182 5,767
Income tax expense (656) (412) (160) (246) (174) (97) (1,745)
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests - - - (4) - (1) (5)
Cash earnings for the period 1,531 958 379 629 436 84 4,017
Net cash earnings adjustments (58) (5) (10) - (7) (30) (110)
Net profit for the period attributable to
owners of Westpac Banking Corporation 1,473 953 369 629 429 54 3,907
Total assets 367,008 149,947 35,279 103,959 79,605 104,195 839,993
Total liabilities 194,476 107,217 40,649 125,273 69,828 243,178 780,621
Reconciliation of reported results to cash earnings
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF
WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION 4,198 4,083 3,907
3 7
Amortisation of intangible assets 17 64 73 (73) (77)
Fair value (gain)/loss on economic hedges 37 62 7 (40) large
Ineffective hedges 9 20 (4) (55) large
Partial sale of BTIM shares - (171) - (100) -
Treasury shares (10) (13) 34 (23) large
Total cash earnings adjustments (post-tax) 53 (38) 110
large (52)
Cash earnings 4,251 4,045 4,017
5 6
1
Divisional comparatives have been restated.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 101
Note 3. Net interest income
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Interest income
Cash and balances with central banks 140 146 95 (4) 47
Receivables due from other financial institutions 49 59 51 (17) (4)
Net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges (13) (28) 6 (54) large
Trading securities and financial assets
designated at fair value 275 292 266 (6) 3
Available-for-sale securities 930 881 914 6 2
Loans 14,678 14,467 14,037 1 5
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas 9 8 9 13 -
Other interest income 22 14 15 57 47
Total interest income 16,090 15,839 15,393
2 5
Interest expense
Payables due to other financial institutions (153) (145) (134) 6 14
Deposits and other borrowings (4,368) (4,433) (4,435) (1) (2)
Trading liabilities (574) (1,045) (1,020) (45) (44)
Debt issues (2,088) (1,811) (1,774) 15 18
Loan capital (376) (343) (350) 10 7
Bank levy (186) (95) - 96 -
Other interest expense (67) (64) (67) 5 -
Total interest expense (7,812) (7,936) (7,780)
(2) -
Total net interest income 8,278 7,903 7,613
5 9
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
102 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 4. Non-interest income
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m Note March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Fees and commissions
Facility fees 679 671 662 1 3
Transaction fees and commissions received 553 598 595 (8) (7)
Other non-risk fee income 116 78 151 49 (23)
Total fees and commissions
1,348 1,347 1,408
- (4)
Wealth management and insurance income
Life insurance and funds management
net operating income
1
845 801 789 5 7
General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance
net operating income 106 130 80 (18) 33
Total wealth management and insurance income
951 931 869
2 9
Trading income
2
487 489 713
- (32)
Other income
Dividends received from other entities 1 1 1 - -
Net gain on sale of associates
3
- 279 - (100) -
Net gain on disposal of assets 10 - 6 - 67
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives held for
risk management purposes
4
(9) (2) 54 large large
Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments
designated at fair value 26 5 6 large large
Gain/(loss) on disposal of controlled entities 16 (9) - - - -
Rental income on operating leases 60 69 74 (13) (19)
Share of associates' net profit (3) 2 15 large large
Other
13 9 10 44 30
Total other income
89 363 166
(75) (46)
Total non-interest income
2,875 3,130 3,156
(8) (9)
1
Wealth management and insurance income includes policy holder tax recoveries.
2
Trading income represents a component of total markets income from WIB markets business, Westpac Pacific and Treasury foreign
exchange operations in Australia and New Zealand.
3
On 26 May 2017, the Group sold 60 million shares of BTIM (19% of BTIM’s shares on issue).
4
Income from derivatives held for risk management purposes reflects the impact of economic hedges of foreign currency capital and
earnings.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 103
Note 5. Operating expenses
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Staff expenses
Employee remuneration, entitlements and on-costs 2,119 2,111 2,022 - 5
Superannuation expense 197 186 194 6 2
Share-based payments 48 48 65 - (26)
Restructuring costs 34 30 45 13 (24)
Total staff expenses 2,398 2,375 2,326
1 3
Occupancy expenses
Operating lease rentals 319 324 324 (2) (2)
Depreciation of property and equipment 131 143 148 (8) (11)
Other 71 72 62 (1) 15
Total occupancy expenses 521 539 534
(3) (2)
Technology expenses
Amortisation and impairment of software assets 303 322 306 (6) (1)
Depreciation and impairment of IT equipment 73 82 76 (11) (4)
Technology services 341 299 340 14 -
Software maintenance and licenses 185 168 145 10 28
Telecommunications 102 106 84 (4) 21
Data processing 38 42 38 (10) -
Total technology expenses 1,042 1,019 989
2 5
Other expenses
Professional and processing services
1
385 417 338 (8) 14
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets and
deferred expenditure 43 94 98 (54) (56)
Postage and stationery 95 109 108 (13) (12)
Advertising 93 80 75 16 24
Credit card loyalty programs 70 86 66 (19) 6
Non-lending losses 40 36 37 11 8
Other expenses 38 46 62 (17) (39)
Total other expenses 764 868 784
(12) (3)
Total operating expenses 4,725 4,801 4,633
(2) 2
1
Professional and processing services relates to:
- services provided by external suppliers including items such as cash handling and security services, marketing costs and research
and recruitment fees (First Half 2018: $115 million; Second Half 2017 $151 million; First Half 2017: $117 million);
- operations processing (First Half 2018: $88 million; Second Half 2017 $91 million; First Half 2017: $93 million);
- consultants (First Half 2018: $76 million; Second Half 2017 $104 million; First Half 2017: $58 million);
- credit assessment (First Half 2018: $31 million; Second Half 2017 $25 million; First Half 2017: $28 million);
- legal and audit fees (First Half 2018: $61 million; Second Half 2017 $31 million; First Half 2017: $30 million);
- regulatory fees and share market related costs (First Half 2018: $14 million; Second Half 2017 $15 million; First Half 2017: $12
million).
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
104 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 6. Income tax
The income tax expense for the half year is reconciled to the profit before income tax as follows:
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Profit before income tax 6,035 5,872 5,643
3 7
Tax at the Australian company tax rate of 30% 1,811 1,762 1,693 3 7
The effect of amounts which are not
deductible/(assessable) in calculating
taxable income
Hybrid capital distributions 33 32 32 3 3
Life insurance:
Tax adjustment on policyholder earnings 8 (5) 13 large (38)
Adjustment for life business tax rates - (1) - (100) -
Dividend adjustments (1) (1) (2) - (50)
Other non-assessable items - (2) (1) (100) (100)
Other non-deductible items 17 15 17 13 -
Adjustment for overseas tax rates (14) (15) (15) (7) (7)
Income tax (over)/under provided in prior periods 2 2 2 - -
Other items (21) - (8) - 163
Total income tax expense 1,835 1,787 1,731
3 6
Effective income tax rate 30.41% 30.43% 30.68%
(2bps) (27bps)
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 105
Note 7. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares on issue during the period, adjusted for treasury shares. Diluted EPS is
calculated by adjusting the basic earnings per share by assuming all dilutive potential ordinary shares are
converted.
Half Year March 18 Half Year Sept 17 Half Year March 17¹
$m Basic Diluted Basic Diluted Basic Diluted
Net profit attributable to shareholders
4,198 4,198 4,083 4,083 3,907 3,907
Adjustment for Restricted Share Plan (RSP) dividends
2
(2) - (5) - (1) -
Adjustment for potential dilution:
Distributions to convertible loan capital holders
3
- 135 - 126 - 127
Adjusted net profit attributable to shareholders 4,196 4,333 4,078 4,209 3,906 4,034
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue 3,400 3,400 3,375 3,375 3,352 3,352
Treasury shares (including RSP share rights) (8) (8) (9) (9) (8) (8)
Adjustment for potential dilution:
Share-based payments - 3 - 5 - 3
Convertible loan capital
3
- 225 - 235 - 235
Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares 3,392 3,620 3,366 3,606 3,344 3,582
Earnings per ordinary share (cents) 123.7 119.7 121.2 116.7 116.8 112.6
1
Diluted EPS restated from 113.7 cents to 112.6 cents to align with methodology applied in the current period in determining the dilutive
impact of convertible loan capital.
2
Some RSP share rights have not vested and are not ordinary shares but do receive dividends. These RSP dividends are deducted to
show the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders.
3
The Group has issued convertible loan capital which is expected to convert into ordinary shares in the future. These convertible loan
capital instruments are all dilutive and diluted EPS is therefore calculated as if the instruments had already been converted.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
106 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 8. Average balance sheet and interest rates
Half Year Half Year
Half Year
31 March 2018 30 September 2017
31 March 2017
Average Interest Average Average Interest Average Average Interest Average
balance
Rate balance
Rate balance
Rate
$m $m % $m $m % $m $m %
Assets
Interest earning assets
Receivables due from other financial institutions 5,934 49 1.7 7,899 59 1.5 10,354 51 1.0
Trading securities and financial assets
designated at fair value 23,860 275 2.3 26,883 292 2.2 24,851 266 2.1
Available-for-sale securities 61,023 930 3.1 57,124 881 3.1 59,298 914 3.1
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas 958 9 1.9 908 8 1.8 1,163 9 1.6
Loans and other receivables
1
675,236 14,827 4.4 666,950 14,599 4.4 649,117 14,153 4.4
Total interest earning assets
and interest income 767,011 16,090 4.2 759,764 15,839 4.2 744,783 15,393 4.1
Non-interest earning assets
Cash, receivables due from other financial
institutions and regulatory deposits 2,459 1,792 2,209
Derivative financial instruments 34,130 35,593 39,764
Life insurance assets 10,753 10,965 13,937
All other assets
2
61,643 59,245 60,982
Total non-interest earning assets 108,985
107,595 116,892
Total assets 875,996
867,359 861,675
Liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Payables due to other financial institutions 19,571 153 1.6 19,166 145 1.5 18,498 134 1.5
Deposits and other borrowings 494,871 4,368 1.8 489,707 4,433 1.8 479,692 4,435 1.9
Loan capital 17,935 376 4.2 17,217 343 4.0 17,199 350 4.1
Other interest bearing liabilities
3
176,399 2,915 3.3 174,075 3,015 3.5 174,266 2,861 3.3
Total interest bearing liabilities
and interest expense 708,776 7,812 2.2 700,165 7,936 2.3 689,655 7,780 2.3
Non-interest bearing liabilities
Deposits and payables due to other
financial institutions 47,978 47,028 45,165
Derivative financial instruments 36,916 39,867 45,709
Life insurance policy liabilities 9,013 9,148 11,980
All other liabilities
4
12,248 11,771 11,398
Total non-interest bearing liabilities 106,155
107,814
114,252
Total liabilities 814,931
807,979 803,907
Shareholders' equity 61,051 59,364
57,744
Non-controlling interests 14 16 24
Total equity 61,065
59,380
57,768
Total liabilities and equity 875,996
867,359
861,675
Loans and other receivables
1
Australia 574,357 12,763 4.5 564,432 12,573 4.4 551,261 12,199 4.4
New Zealand 72,807 1,740 4.8 73,004 1,738 4.7 72,872 1,722 4.7
Other overseas 28,072 324 2.3 29,514 288 1.9 24,984 232 1.9
Deposits and other borrowings
Australia 419,786 3,580 1.7 417,349 3,680 1.8 401,781 3,664 1.8
New Zealand 50,272 577 2.3 50,297 577 2.3 51,791 596 2.3
Other overseas 24,813 211 1.7 22,061 176 1.6 26,120 175 1.3
1
Loans and other receivables are stated net of provisions for impairment charges on loans. Other receivables include cash and
balances with central banks and other interest earning assets.
2
Includes property and equipment, intangibles, deferred tax, non-interest bearing loans relating to mortgage offset accounts and other
assets.
3
Includes net impact of Treasury balance sheet management activities and the Bank Levy.
4
Includes provisions for current and deferred income tax.
2018 Interim financial report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 107
Note 9. Loans
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m Note 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Australia
Housing 437,239 427,167 413,938 2 6
Personal (loans and cards) 21,789 21,952 22,716 (1) (4)
Business 151,904 150,542 147,705 1 3
Margin lending 1,872 1,885 1,928 (1) (3)
Other 91 100 105 (9) (13)
Total Australia
612,895 601,646 586,392
2 5
New Zealand
Housing 44,974 43,198 42,281 4 6
Personal (loans and cards) 1,922 1,856 1,807 4 6
Business 28,068 26,667 26,544 5 6
Other 76 85 82 (11) (7)
Total New Zealand
75,040 71,806 70,714
5 6
Other overseas
Trade finance 3,942 2,818 2,281 40 73
Other 12,429 11,515 10,821 8 15
Total other overseas
16,371 14,333 13,102
14 25
Total loans
704,306 687,785 670,208
2 5
Provisions for impairment charges on loans 10 (2,913) (2,866) (3,262) 2 (11)
Total net loans
1,2
701,393 684,919 666,946
2 5
1
Total net loans include securitised loans of $7,436 million as at 31 March 2018 ($7,651 million as at 30 September 2017 and $8,783
million as at 31 March 2017). The level of securitised loans excludes loans where Westpac is the holder of related debt securities.
2
Total net loans include assets pledged for the covered bond programs of $34,106 million as at 31 March 2018 ($35,473 million as at
30 September 2017 and $30,883 million as at 31 March 2017).
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
108 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 10. Provisions for impairment charges
Half Year Half Year Half Year
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17
Individually assessed provisions
Opening balance
480 787 869
Provisions raised
173 246 364
Write-backs
(67) (144) (144)
Write-offs
(104) (399) (289)
Interest adjustment
(7) (10) (6)
Other adjustments
(4) - (7)
Closing balance
471 480 787
Collectively assessed provisions
Opening balance
2,639 2,726 2,733
Provisions raised
387 342 357
Write-offs
(430) (525) (443)
Interest adjustment
89 93 95
Other adjustments 9 3 (16)
Closing balance 2,694 2,639 2,726
Total provisions for impairment charges on loans
and credit commitments
3,165 3,119 3,513
Less: provisions for credit commitments (252) (253) (251)
Total provisions for impairment charges on loans 2,913 2,866 3,262
Half Year Half Year Half Year
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17
Reconciliation of impairment charges
Individually assessed provisions raised
173 246 364
Write-backs
(67) (144) (144)
Recoveries
(100) (84) (84)
Collectively assessed provisions raised
387 342 357
Impairment charges 393 360 493
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 109
Note 11. Credit quality
Impaired assets
Australia
New Zealand
Other Overseas
Total
As at As at As at As at As at As at As at As at As at As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March 31 March 30 Sept 31 March 31 March 30 Sept 31 March 31 March 30 Sept 31 March
$m 2018 2017 2017 2018 2017 2017 2018 2017 2017 2018 2017 2017
Non-Performing loans:
Gross amount 923 975 1,388 184 152 164 13 15 18 1,120 1,142 1,570
Impairment provisions
1
(444) (460) (740) (54) (41) (54) (5) (6) (7) (503) (507) (801)
Net 479 515 648 130 111 110 8 9 11 617 635 769
Restructured loans:
Gross amount 11 12 12 16 15 17 2 - - 29 27 29
Impairment provisions
1
(5) (7) (11) (4) (5) (4) (1) - - (10) (12) (15)
Net 6 5 1 12 10 13 1 - - 19 15 14
Overdrafts, personal loans and revolving
credit greater than 90 days past due:
Gross amount 368 362 368 17 11 11 1 - - 386 373 379
Impairment provisions
2
(172) (187) (206) (13) (8) (8) (1) - - (186) (195) (214)
Net 196 175 162 4 3 3 - - - 200 178 165
Total impaired assets:
Gross amount 1,302 1,349 1,768 217 178 192 16 15 18 1,535 1,542 1,978
Impairment provisions
1
(621) (654) (957) (71) (54) (66) (7) (6) (7) (699) (714) (1,030)
Net 681 695 811 146 124 126 9 9 11 836 828 948
1
Includes individually assessed provisions and collectively assessed provisions on impaired loans.
2
Includes collectively assessed provisions on impaired loans.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
110 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 11. Credit quality (continued)
Movement in gross impaired loans
1
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Opening balance 1,542 1,978 2,159 (22) (29)
New and increased - individually managed 471 440 589 7 (20)
Write-offs (534) (924) (732) (42) (27)
Returned to performing or repaid (387) (471) (570) (18) (32)
Portfolio managed - new/increased/returned/repaid 442 518 534 (15) (17)
Exchange rate and other adjustments 1 1 (2) - large
Balance as at period end 1,535 1,542 1,978
- (22)
Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default,
and not impaired
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Australia
Housing products 2,860 2,672 2,619 7 9
Other products 736 650 678 13 9
Total Australia 3,596 3,322 3,297
8 9
New Zealand
Housing products 124 89 92 39 35
Other products 31 28 21 11 48
Other overseas 18 19 22 (5) (18)
Total overseas 173 136 135
27 28
Total 3,769 3,458 3,432
9 10
1
Movement represents a six month period.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 111
Note 12. Deposits and other borrowings
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Australia
Certificates of deposit 30,387 37,515 31,011 (19) (2)
Non-interest bearing, repayable at call 40,967 40,324 39,484 2 4
Other interest bearing at call
1
227,021 224,268 217,492 1 4
Other interest bearing term
1
161,864 156,249 157,730 4 3
Total Australia 460,239 458,356 445,717
- 3
New Zealand
Certificates of deposit 521 546 1,478 (5) (65)
Non-interest bearing, repayable at call 5,510 4,853 4,646 14 19
Other interest bearing at call 22,685 21,273 21,845 7 4
Other interest bearing term 29,661 27,620 25,451 7 17
Total New Zealand 58,377 54,292 53,420
8 9
Overseas
Certificates of deposit 14,765 8,860 11,364 67 30
Non-interest bearing, repayable at call 748 810 820 (8) (9)
Other interest bearing at call 1,309 1,505 1,459 (13) (10)
Other interest bearing term 12,298 9,768 9,733 26 26
Total overseas 29,120 20,943 23,376
39 25
Total deposits and other borrowings 547,736 533,591 522,513
3 5
Deposits and other borrowings at fair value 45,337 46,569 43,743 (3) 4
Deposits and other borrowings at amortised cost 502,399 487,022 478,770 3 5
Total deposits and other borrowings 547,736 533,591 522,513
3 5
1
Comparatives have been restated.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
112 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
Fair Valuation Control Framework
The Group uses a Fair Valuation Control Framework where the fair value is either determined or validated by a
function independent of the transaction. This framework formalises the policies and procedures used to achieve
compliance with relevant accounting, industry and regulatory standards. The framework includes specific controls
relating to:
the revaluation of financial instruments;
independent price verification;
fair value adjustments; and
financial reporting.
A key element of the Framework is the Revaluation Committee, comprising senior valuation specialists from within
the Group. The Revaluation Committee reviews the application of the agreed policies and procedures to assess
that a fair value measurement basis has been applied.
The method of determining fair value differs depending on the information available.
Fair value hierarchy
A financial instrument’s categorisation within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is
significant to the fair value measurement.
The Group categorises all fair value instruments according to the hierarchy described below.
Valuation techniques
The Group applies market accepted valuation techniques in determining the fair valuation of over the counter
(OTC) derivatives. This includes credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and funding valuation adjustments (FVA),
which incorporates credit risk and funding costs and benefits that arise in relation to uncollateralised derivative
positions, respectively.
The specific valuation techniques, the observability of the inputs used in valuation models and the subsequent
classification for each significant product category are outlined below:
Level 1 instruments
The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets based on recent unadjusted quoted prices. These
prices are based on actual arm’s length basis transactions.
The valuations of Level 1 instruments require little or no management judgement.
Instrument Balance sheet category Includes: Valuation
Exchange traded
products
Derivatives
Exchange traded interest rate futures
and options and commodity, energy
and carbon futures
All these instruments are traded in
liquid, active markets where prices
are readily observable. No modelling
or assumptions are used in the
valuation.
Foreign exchange
products
Derivatives FX spot and futures contracts
Equity products
Derivatives
Trading securities and financial
assets designated at fair value
Other financial liabilities at fair
value through income statement
Listed equities and equity indices
Non-asset backed debt
instruments
Trading securities and financial
assets designated at fair value
Available-for-sale securities
Other financial liabilities at fair
value through income statement
Australian and New Zealand
Commonwealth government bonds
Life insurance assets
and liabilities
Life insurance assets
Life insurance liabilities
Listed equities, exchange traded
derivatives and short sale of listed
equities within controlled managed
investment schemes
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 113
Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Level 2 instruments
The fair value for financial instruments that are not actively traded are determined using valuation techniques
which maximise the use of observable market prices. Valuation techniques include:
the use of market standard discounting methodologies;
option pricing models; and
other valuation techniques widely used and accepted by market participants.
Instrument Balance sheet category Includes: Valuation
Interest rate
products
Derivatives
Interest rate and inflation
swaps, swaptions, caps,
floors, collars and other non-
vanilla interest rate
derivatives
Industry standard valuation models are used to calculate
the expected future value of payments by product, which
is discounted back to a present value. The model’s
interest rate inputs are benchmark interest rates and
active broker quoted interest rates in the swap, bond and
future markets. Interest rate volatilities are sourced from
brokers and consensus data providers.
Foreign exchange
products
Derivatives
FX swap, FX forward
contracts, FX options and
other non-vanilla FX
derivatives
Derived from market observable inputs or consensus
pricing providers using industry standard models.
Other credit
products
Derivatives
Single Name and Index
credit default swaps (CDS)
Valued using an industry standard model that
incorporates the credit spread as its principal input. Credit
spreads are obtained from consensus data providers. If
consensus prices are not available, these are classified
as Level 3 instruments.
Commodity
products
Derivatives
Commodity, energy and
carbon derivatives
Valued using industry standard models.
The models calculate the expected future value of
deliveries and payments and discounts them back to a
present value. The model inputs include forward curves,
volatilities implied from market observable inputs,
discount curves and underlying spot and futures prices.
The significant inputs are market observable or available
through a consensus data service. If consensus prices
are not available, these are classified as Level 3
instruments.
Equity products Derivatives
Exchange traded equity
options, OTC equity options
and equity warrants
Due to low liquidity exchange traded options are Level 2.
Valued using industry standard models based on
observable parameters such as stock prices, dividends,
volatilities and interest rates.
Asset backed debt
instruments
Trading securities and
financial assets designated
at fair value
Available-for-sale securities
Australian residential
mortgage backed securities
(RMBS) denominated in
Australian dollar and other
asset backed securities
(ABS).
Valued using an industry approach to value floating rate
debt with prepayment features. Australian RMBS are
valued using prices sourced from a consensus data
provider. If consensus prices are not available these are
classified as Level 3 instruments.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
114 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Level 2 instruments (continued)
Instrument Balance sheet category Includes: Valuation
Non-asset backed
debt instruments
Trading securities and
financial assets designated
at fair value
Available-for-sale securities
Regulatory deposits
Other financial liabilities
through income statement
State and other government
bonds, corporate bonds and
commercial paper
Security repurchase agreements
and reverse repurchase
agreements over non-asset
backed debt securities
Valued using observable market prices, which are
sourced from consensus pricing services, broker
quotes or inter-dealer prices.
Loans at fair value Loans Fixed rate bills
Discounted cash flow approach, using a discount rate
which reflects the terms of the instrument and the
timing of cash flows, adjusted for creditworthiness
based on market observable inputs.
Certificates of
deposit
Deposits and other
borrowings
Certificates of deposit
Discounted cash flow using market rates offered for
deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Debt issues at fair
value
Debt issues Debt issues
Discounted cash flows, using a discount rate which
reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing of
cash flows adjusted for market observable changes in
Westpac’s implied credit worthiness.
Life insurance
assets and
liabilities
Life insurance assets
Life insurance liabilities
Corporate bonds, over the
counter derivatives, units in
unlisted unit trusts, life insurance
contract liabilities, life investment
contract liabilities and external
liabilities of managed investment
schemes controlled by statutory
life funds.
Valued using observable market prices or other
widely used and accepted valuation techniques
utilising observable market input.
Level 3 instruments
Financial instruments valued where at least one input that could have a significant effect on the instrument’s
valuation is not based on observable market data due to illiquidity or complexity of the product. These inputs are
generally derived and extrapolated from other relevant market data and calibrated against current market trends
and historical transactions.
These valuations are calculated using a high degree of management judgement.
Instrument Balance sheet category Includes: Valuation
Asset backed debt
instruments
Trading securities and
financial assets designated
at fair value
Available-for-sale securities
Collateralised loan obligations
and offshore asset-backed debt
instruments
As prices for these securities are not available from a
consensus provider these are revalued based on
third party revaluations (lead manager or inter-
dealer). Due to their illiquidity and/or complexity they
are classified as Level 3 assets.
Non-asset backed
debt instruments
Trading securities and
financial assets designated
at fair value
Available-for-sale securities
Government securities
(predominantly PNG government
bonds)
Government securities from illiquid markets are
classified as Level 3. Fair value is monitored by
reference to recent issuances.
Equity investments
Trading securities and
Financial assets designated
at fair value
Available-for-sale
Investments in unlisted funds,
boutique investment
management companies, and
strategic equity investments.
Valued using valuation techniques appropriate to the
investment, including the use of recent arm’s length
transactions where available, discounted cash flow
approach, reference to the net assets of the entity or
to the most recent fund unit pricing.
Due to their illiquidity, complexity and/or use of
unobservable inputs into valuation models, they are
classified as Level 3 assets.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 115
Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)
The table below summarises the attribution of financial instruments carried at fair value to the fair value hierarchy:
As at 31 March 2018
As at 30 Sept 2017 As at 31 March 2017
$m Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Trading securities and financial assets designated at fair value 5,578 14,558 491 20,627 6,815 17,742 767 25,324 4,909 25,247 821 30,977
Derivative financial instruments 30 26,862 12 26,904 9 24,009 15 24,033 12 24,584 23 24,619
Available-for-sale securities 11,350 52,924 583 64,857 7,252 52,841 617 60,710 4,309 55,044 599 59,952
Loans - 3,789 - 3,789 - 4,587 - 4,587 - 5,202 - 5,202
Life insurance assets 2,681 7,800 - 10,481 2,768 7,875 - 10,643 2,987 7,947 - 10,934
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas - 966 - 966 - 659 - 659 - 1,004 - 1,004
Total financial assets carried at fair value 19,639 106,899 1,086 127,624 16,844 107,713 1,399 125,956 12,217 119,028 1,443 132,688
Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Deposits and other borrowings at fair value - 45,337 - 45,337 - 46,569 - 46,569 - 43,743 - 43,743
Other financial liabilities at fair value through income statement 375 5,215 - 5,590 208 3,848 - 4,056 325 4,569 - 4,894
Derivative financial instruments 22 24,038 6 24,066 8 25,358 9 25,375 16 28,433 8 28,457
Debt issues at fair value - 4,031 - 4,031 - 4,673 - 4,673 - 5,551 - 5,551
Life insurance liabilities - 8,763 - 8,763 - 9,019 - 9,019 - 9,158 - 9,158
Total financial liabilities carried at fair value 397 87,384 6 87,787 216 89,467 9 89,692 341 91,454 8 91,803
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
116 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)
Analysis of movements between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels
Transfers into or out of Level 3 are discussed in the following table.
The table below summarises the changes in financial instruments carried at fair value derived from non-market
observable valuation techniques (Level 3):
Half Year March 18
$m
Trading
Securities and
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair Value Derivatives
Available-
for-Sale
Securities
Total
Level 3
Assets Derivatives
Total
Level 3
Liabilities
Balance as at 1 October 2017
767 15 617 1,399 9 9
Gains/(losses) on
assets and (gains)/losses
on liabilities recognised in:
Income statements 15 1 - 16 1 1
Available-for-sale reserve - - (4) (4) - -
Acquisitions and issues 54 1 784 839 1 1
Disposals and settlements (283) (5) (816) (1,104) (5) (5)
Transfers into or out of
non-market observables (66) - - (66) - -
Foreign currency
translation impacts 4 - 2 6 - -
Balance as at 31 March 2018 491 12 583 1,086 6 6
Unrealised gains/(losses)
recognised in the income
statement for financial
instrument held as
at 31 March 2018 15 2 - 17 2 2
Transfers into and out of Level 3 have occurred due to changes in observability in the significant inputs into the
valuation models used to determine the fair value of the related financial instruments. Transfers in and transfers
out are reported using the end of period fair values.
Significant unobservable inputs
Sensitivities to reasonably possible changes in non-market observable valuation assumptions would not have a
material impact on the Group’s reported results.
Day one profit or loss
The closing balance of unrecognised day one profit for the period was $5 million (30 September 2017: $5 million
profit).
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 117
Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)
1
Financial instruments not measured at fair value
The following table summarises the estimated fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value for the
Group:
As at 31 March 2018 As at 30 Sept 2017 As at 31 March 2017
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
$m Amount Value Amount Value Amount Value
Financial assets not measured at fair value
Cash and balances with central banks 21,580 21,580 18,397 18,397 15,912 15,912
Receivables due from other financial institutions 3,977 3,977 7,128 7,128 9,545 9,545
Loans 697,604 697,905 680,332 680,568 661,744 662,184
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas 352 352 389 389 405 405
Other financial assets 5,893 5,893 4,754 4,754 3,862 3,862
Total financial assets not measured at fair value 729,406 729,707 711,000 711,236 691,468 691,908
Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
- -
Payables due to other financial institutions 19,073 19,073 21,907 21,907 21,390 21,390
Deposits and other borrowings 502,399 503,095 487,022 487,723 478,770 479,624
Debt issues
1
170,107 171,221 163,683 165,151 161,755 163,075
Loan capital 18,333 18,571 17,666 18,087 17,106 17,377
Other financial liabilities 8,589 8,589 7,490 7,490 7,069 7,069
Total financial liabilities not measured at fair value 718,501 720,549 697,768 700,358 686,090 688,535
A detailed description of how fair value is derived for financial instruments not measured at fair value is disclosed
in Note 23 of the Group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2017.
1
The estimated fair value of debt issues includes the impact of changes in Westpac’s credit spreads since origination.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
118 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 14. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments
Undrawn credit commitments
The Group enters into various arrangements with customers which are only recognised in the balance sheet when
called upon. These arrangements include commitments to extend credit, bill endorsements, financial guarantees,
standby letters of credit and underwriting facilities.
They expose the Group to liquidity risk when called upon and also to credit risk if the customer fails to repay the
amounts owed at the due date. The maximum exposure to credit loss is the contractual or notional amount of the
instruments disclosed below. Some of the arrangements can be cancelled by the Group at any time and a
significant portion is expected to expire without being drawn. The actual required liquidity and credit risk exposure
is therefore less than the amounts disclosed.
The Group uses the same credit policies when entering into these arrangements as it does for on-balance sheet
instruments. Refer to Note 22 of the Group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2017
for further details of liquidity risk and credit risk management.
Undrawn credit commitments excluding derivatives at 31 March are as follows:
As at
As at
As at
% Mov't % Mov't
31 March 30 Sept 31 March Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m 2018 2017 2017 Sept 17 Mar 17
Undrawn credit commitments
Letters of credit and guarantees
1
15,306 15,460 17,702 (1) (14)
Commitments to extend credit
2
176,258 178,443 177,449 (1) (1)
Other 249 648 314 (62) (21)
Total undrawn credit commitments 191,813 194,551 195,465
(1) (2)
Contingent assets
The credit commitments shown in the table above also constitute contingent assets. These commitments would be
classified as loans in the balance sheet on the contingent event occurring.
Contingent liabilities
The Royal Commission, regulatory action and internal reviews
Globally, regulators and other bodies continue to progress various reviews involving the financial services sector.
The nature of these reviews can be wide ranging and, in Australia, currently include investigations into potential
misconduct in credit and financial services. For example, the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking,
Superannuation and Financial Services Industry is currently investigating conduct, practices, behaviour or
business activities by financial services entities including the Group that may amount to potential misconduct or
that may fall below community standards and expectations. The Royal Commission may make findings that the
Group (including persons or entities acting on its behalf) has engaged in misconduct including breaches of law or
conduct that falls below community standards and expectations. For example, in the first two rounds of public
hearings Counsel Assisting identified that it may be open for the Commission to find that that past practices of the
Group had breached aspects of the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth) and the Corporations Act
2001 (Cth) in relation to the specific case studies concerning the Group raised in the first two rounds of hearings.
Westpac will respond to those matters in its written submissions. Findings of that kind, if made, and any other
findings made by the Royal Commission as it progresses, may result in litigation (including class action
proceedings against the Group), fines, penalties, revocation, suspension or variation of conditions of relevant
regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action being taken by regulators or other parties.
1
Letters of credit are undertakings to pay, against presentation documents, and obligation in the event of a default by a customer.
Guarantees are unconditional undertakings given to support the obligations of a customer to third parties. The Group may hold cash
as collateral for certain guarantees issued.
2
Commitments to extend credit include all obligations on the part of the Group to provide credit facilities. As facilities may expire
without being drawn upon, the notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. In addition to the commitments
disclosed above, at 31 March 2018 the Group had offered $4.6 billion (30 September 2017: $5.5 billion; 31 March 2017: $5.9 billion)
of facilities to customers, which had not yet been accepted.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 119
Note 14. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)
Regulators such as ASIC, APRA, ACCC and AUSTRAC are also currently conducting reviews (some of which are
industry-wide) that currently involve or may involve the Group in the future. These reviews are separately
considering a range of matters, including matters such as consumer credit insurance, responsible lending
(including in the context of reverse mortgages and interest only lending), financial adviser conduct (including
compliance with the obligation to act in the client’s best interests), life insurance claims handling, and the pricing of
residential mortgages. These reviews and inquiries, which may be conducted by a regulator, and in some cases
also an external third party assurance provider retained either by the regulator or by the Group, may result in
litigation (including class action proceedings against the Group), fines, penalties, revocation, suspension or
variation of conditions of relevant regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action being taken by
regulators or other parties.
Westpac has received various notices and requests for information from the Royal Commission, as well as from
regulators as part of both industry-wide and Westpac-specific reviews.
In addition, Westpac is undertaking a number of reviews to identify and resolve prior issues that have the potential
to impact our customers and reputation. These reviews have identified, and may continue to identify, issues in
respect of which we are or will be taking steps to put things right (including in relation to areas of industry focus
such as record keeping, compliance with responsible lending obligations and the way some product terms and
conditions are operationalised) so that our customers are not at a disadvantage from certain past practices and we
improve our processes (including in relation to responsible lending controls and financial planning controls).
An assessment of the likely cost to the Group of these ongoing ‘business as usual’ reviews and actions has been
made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements and specific provisions have been made
where appropriate.
Litigation
There are ongoing court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Contingent liabilities
exist in respect of actual and potential claims and proceedings, including those listed below. An assessment of the
Group’s likely loss has been made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements and
specific provisions have been made where appropriate.
Following ASIC’s investigations into the interbank short-term money market and its impact on the setting of the
bank bill swap reference rate (BBSW), on 5 April 2016, ASIC commenced civil proceedings against Westpac in
the Federal Court of Australia, alleging certain misconduct, including market manipulation and unconscionable
conduct. The conduct that is the subject of the proceedings is alleged to have occurred between 6 April 2010
and 6 June 2012. ASIC is seeking from the court declarations that Westpac breached various provisions of the
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth),
pecuniary penalties of unspecified amounts and orders requiring Westpac to implement a comprehensive
compliance program for persons involved in Westpac’s trading in the relevant market. The proceedings were
heard in late 2017. Judgment is pending.
In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York
against Westpac and a large number of Australian and international banks alleging misconduct in relation to
BBSW. Those proceedings are at a very early stage and the level of damages sought has not been specified.
Westpac is defending these proceedings.
On 1 March 2017, ASIC commenced litigation in relation to certain Westpac home loans (including certain
interest only loans) alleging contraventions of the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth). For
further information, refer to ‘Significant developments’ in this Interim Financial Results Announcement.
On 22 December 2016, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against BT Funds Management Limited
and Westpac Securities Administration Limited in relation to a number of superannuation account consolidation
campaigns conducted between 2013 and 2016. ASIC has alleged that in the course of some of these
campaigns, customers were provided with personal advice in contravention of a number of Corporations Act
2001 (Cth) provisions. ASIC has selected 15 specific customers as the focus of their claim. The proceedings
were heard in February 2018. Judgment is pending.
On 12 October 2017, a class action against Westpac and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) was
filed in the Federal Court of Australia. The class action was filed on behalf of customers who, since October
2011, obtained insurance issued by WLIS on the recommendation of certain financial advisers employed within
the Westpac Group. The plaintiffs have alleged that aspects of the financial advice provided by those advisers
breached fiduciary and statutory duties owed to the advisers’ clients, including the duty to act in the best
interests of the client and that WLIS was knowingly involved in those alleged breaches. Westpac and WLIS
are defending the proceedings. An initial trial in the proceedings has been scheduled for March 2019.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
120 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 14. Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)
Financial Claims Scheme
Under the Financial Claims Scheme (FCS) the Australian Government provides depositors a free guarantee of
deposits in eligible ADIs up to and including $250,000. The FCS applies to an eligible ADI if APRA has applied for
the winding up of the ADI and the responsible Australian Government minister has declared that the FCS applies
to the ADI.
The Financial Claims Scheme (ADIs) Levy Act 2008 provides for the imposition of a levy to fund the excess of
certain APRA FCS costs connected to an ADI. The levy would be imposed on liabilities of eligible ADIs to their
depositors and cannot be more than 0.5% of the amount of those liabilities.
Contingent tax risk
Tax and regulatory authorities are reviewing the taxation treatment of certain transactions undertaken by the
Group in the course of normal business activities and the claiming of tax incentives (including research and
development tax incentives) and GST. The Group also responds to various notices and requests for information it
receives from tax and regulatory authorities.
Risk reviews and audits are also being undertaken by revenue authorities in other jurisdictions, as part of normal
revenue authority activity in those countries. These reviews, notices and requests may result in additional tax
liabilities (including interest and penalties).
The Group has assessed these and other taxation claims arising in Australia and elsewhere, including seeking
independent advice where appropriate, and holds appropriate provisions.
Settlement risk
The Group is subject to a credit risk exposure in the event that another counterparty fails to settle for its payments
clearing activities (including foreign exchange). The Group seeks to minimise credit risk arising from settlement
risk in the payments system by aligning our processing method with the legal certainty of settlement in the relevant
clearing mechanism.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 121
Note 15. Shareholders’ equity
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
$m 2018 2017 2017
Share capital
Ordinary share capital, fully paid 35,168 34,889 33,765
Restricted Share Plan (RSP) treasury shares held
1
(504) (434) (431)
Other treasury shares held
2
(61) (61) (70)
Total treasury shares held (565) (495) (501)
Total share capital 34,603 34,394 33,264
Non-controlling interests
Other non-controlling interests 50 54 57
Total non-controlling interests 50 54 57
Ordinary Shares
Westpac does not have authorised capital and the ordinary shares have no par value. Ordinary shares entitle the
holder to participate in dividends and, in the event of Westpac winding up, to a share of the proceeds in proportion
to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.
Each ordinary share entitles the holder to one vote, either in person or by proxy, at a shareholder meeting.
Reconciliation of movement in number of ordinary shares
Consolidated
As at As at As at
31 March 2018 30 Sept 2017 31 March 2017
Opening balance 3,394,364,279 3,356,614,808 3,346,166,853
Dividend reinvestment plan
3
9,807,759 37,749,471 10,447,955
Issued shares for the period 9,807,759 37,749,471 10,447,955
Closing balance 3,404,172,038 3,394,364,279 3,356,614,808
Ordinary shares purchased on market
Half Year March Half Year March
2018 2018
Consolidated Number Average Price ($)
For share-based payment arrangements:
Employee share plan (ESP) 854,267 31.86
Restricted share plan (RSP)
4
2,219,638 31.42
WPP - share rights exercised 131,678 32.01
LTI - options exercised
5
12,832 31.42
Total ordinary shares purchased/(sold) on market
6
3,218,415
1
31 March 2018: 3,991,446 unvested shares held (30 September 2017: 3,549,035, 31 March 2017: 3,606,211).
2
31 March 2018: 4,652,579 shares held (30 September 2017: 4,652,579, 31 March 2017: 4,953,603).
3
The price per share for the issuance of shares in relation to the dividend re-investment plan for the 2017 final dividend was $31.62,
2017 interim dividend was $29.79, 2016 final dividend was $31.32.
4
Ordinary shares allocated to employees under the RSP are classified as treasury shares until the shares vest.
5
The average exercise price received was $30.10 on the exercise of the LTI options.
6
The purchase of ordinary shares on market resulted in a tax benefit of $0.10 million being recognised as contributed equity.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
122 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 15. Shareholders’ equity (continued)
Reconciliation of movement in reserves
As at As at As at
31 March 30 Sept 31 March
$m
2018 2017 2017
Available-for-sale securities reserve
Opening balance 64 131 10
Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value (33) (93) 168
Income tax effect 10 27 (46)
Transferred to income statements (9) (2) (1)
Income tax effect 3 1 -
Exchange differences - - -
Closing balance
35 64 131
Share-based payment reserve
Opening balance 1,431 1,398 1,333
Share-based payment expense 69 33 65
Closing balance
1,500 1,431 1,398
Cash flow hedge reserve
Opening balance (154) (201) (172)
Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value (65) (20) (71)
Income tax effect 19 6 21
Transferred to income statements 94 86 29
Income tax effect (28) (25) (8)
Closing balance
(134) (154) (201)
Foreign currency translation reserve
Opening balance (529) (451) (413)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
(net of associated hedges) 35 (78) (38)
Closing balance
(494) (529) (451)
Other reserves
Opening balance (18) (18) (19)
Transactions with owners 1 - 1
Closing balance
(17) (18) (18)
Group's share of reserves of associates
- - (14)
Total reserves
890 794 845
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 123
Note 16. Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Reconciliation of net cash provided by/(used in)
operating activities to net profit for the period
Net profit for the period 4,200 4,085 3,912 3 7
Adjustments:
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment 550 645 624 (15) (12)
Impairment charges 493 444 577 11 (15)
Net (decrease)/increase in current and deferred tax (9) 236 (270) large (97)
(Increase)/decrease in accrued interest receivable (96) 5 (80) large 20
(Decrease)/increase in accrued interest payable 16 61 87 (74) (82)
(Decrease)/increase in provisions (217) 275 (233) large (7)
Other non-cash items 239 (113) (129) large large
Cash flows from operating activities before changes
in operating assets and liabilities 5,176 5,638 4,488 (8) 15
Net (increase)/decrease in derivative
financial instruments (1,100) (2,987) (2,055) (63) (46)
Net (increase)/decrease in life insurance
assets and liabilities (88) 175 44 large large
(Increase)/decrease in other operating assets:
Trading securities and financial assets
designated at fair value 4,982 5,464 (10,518) (9) large
Loans (14,764) (18,103) (8,712) (18) 69
Receivables due from other financial institutions 3,245 2,310 343 40 large
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas (250) 336 (28) large large
Other assets (126) (358) 558 (65) large
(Decrease)/increase in other operating liabilities:
Other financial liabilities at fair value
through income statement 1,526 (840) 159 large large
Deposits and other borrowings 12,008 11,541 11,521 4 4
Payables due to other financial institutions (2,965) 616 3,243 large large
Other liabilities 48 (294) 279 large (83)
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities 7,692 3,498 (678)
120 large
Non-cash financing activities
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan 310 1,125 327 (72) (5)
On 13 March 2018, 6,233,643 Westpac Convertible Preference Shares (CPS) were converted to Westpac Capital
Notes 5 for a total value of $623 million.
Businesses disposed in Half Year March 2018
Westpac sold its interest in a number of Hastings offshore subsidiaries to Northill Capital. Completion of the sale of
the US and UK entities occurred on 28 February 2018 and completion of the Singapore entity occurred on 23
March 2018, with a total loss of $9 million recognised in non-interest income. The total cash consideration
received, net of transaction costs and cash held, was $9 million. Refer to Section 6.5 changes in control of Group
entities for details.
Restricted cash
The amount of cash and cash equivalents not available for use at 31 March 2018 was $40 million (30 September
2017: $38 million, 31 March 2017: $120 million) for the Group.
2018 Interim financial results
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
124 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 17. Subsequent events
On 13 March 2018, $623 million of CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS nominated party for $100 each
pursuant to the Westpac Capital Notes 5 reinvestment offer. Those CPS were subsequently bought back and
cancelled by Westpac. On 3 April 2018, the remaining $566 million of CPS were transferred to the Westpac CPS
nominated party for $100 each. Following the transfer, those remaining CPS were converted into 19,189,765
ordinary shares.
No other matters have arisen since the half year ended 31 March 2018 which is not otherwise dealt with in this
interim financial report, that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the
results of its operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent periods.
2018 Interim financial results
Statutory statements
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 125
4.8 Statutory statements
Directors’ declaration
In the Directors’ opinion
(i) the interim financial statements and notes set out on pages 89 to 124 are in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including that they:
a. comply with Australian Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory
professional reporting requirements; and
b. give a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2018 and of its performance for
the six months ended 31 March 2018; and
(ii) there are reasonable grounds to believe that Westpac will be able to pay its debts as and when they become
due and payable.
This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
For and on behalf of the Board
Lindsay Maxsted
Chairman
Brian Hartzer
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer
Sydney Australia
7 May 2018
2018 Interim financial results
Statutory statements
126 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 2001
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au
Level 11, 1PSQ, 169 Macquarie Street, Parramatta NSW 2150, PO Box 1155 Parramatta NSW 2124
T: +61 2 9659 2476, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
Independent auditor's review report to the members of Westpac
Banking Corporation
Report on the Interim Financial Report
We have reviewed the accompanying interim financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation (the
Corporation), which comprises the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2018, the consolidated income
statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity
and consolidated cash flow statement for the half-year ended on that date, selected explanatory notes and the
directors' declaration for Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities (the Group). The Group
comprises the Corporation and the entities it controlled during that half-year.
Directors' responsibility for the interim financial report
The directors of the Corporation are responsible for the preparation of the interim financial report that gives a
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the interim financial
report that is free from material misstatement whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor's responsibility
Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the interim financial report based on our review. We conducted
our review in accordance with Australian Auditing Standard on Review Engagements ASRE 2410 Review of a
Financial Report Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity, in order to state whether, on the basis of
the procedures described, we have become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the interim financial
report is not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 including giving a true and fair view of the Group’s
financial position as at 31 March 2018 and its performance for the half-year ended on that date; and complying
with Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001. As
the auditor of Westpac Banking Corporation, ASRE 2410 requires that we comply with the ethical requirements
relevant to the audit of the annual financial report.
A review of an interim financial report consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for
financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially
less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and consequently does
not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified
in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.
Independence
In conducting our review, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.
Conclusion
Based on our review, which is not an audit, we have not become aware of any matter that makes us believe that
the interim financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation is not in accordance with the Corporations Act
2001 including:
1 giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2018 and of its performance for
the half-year ended on that date; and
2 complying with Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations
Regulations 2001.
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Lona Mathis Sam Hinchcliffe
Partner Partner
Sydney, Australia
7 May 2018
2018 Interim financial results
Cash earnings financial information
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 127
5.0 Cash earnings financial information
Note 1 Interest spread and margin analysis (cash earnings basis)
128
Note 2 Average balance sheet and interest rates (cash earnings basis)
129
Note 3 Net interest income (cash earnings basis)
130
Note 4 Non-interest income (cash earnings basis)
131
Note 5 Operating expense analysis (cash earnings basis)
132
Note 6 Deferred expenses
132
Note 7 Earnings per share (cash earnings basis)
133
Note 8 Group earnings reconciliation
134
Note 9 Divisional result and economic profit
137
2018 Interim financial results
Cash earnings financial information
128 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 1. Interest spread and margin analysis (cash earnings basis)
Half Year Half Year Half Year
March 18 Sept 17 March 17
Group
Average interest-earning assets ($m) 767,011 759,764 744,783
Net interest income ($m) 8,301 8,011 7,693
Interest spread 2.00% 1.92% 1.90%
Benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity 0.17% 0.18% 0.17%
Net interest margin 2.17% 2.10% 2.07%
Analysis by division
Average interest-earning assets ($m)
1
Consumer Bank 341,604 335,103 325,098
Business Bank 145,822 143,910 141,630
BT Financial Group 18,371 18,028 17,095
Westpac Institutional Bank 85,911 82,598 84,523
Westpac New Zealand (A$) 78,774 80,142 80,864
Group Businesses 96,529 99,983 95,573
Group total 767,011 759,764 744,783
Westpac New Zealand (NZ$) 86,039 85,988 85,647
Net interest income ($m)
1,2
Consumer Bank 4,040 3,961 3,677
Business Bank 2,021 1,975 1,910
BT Financial Group 285 274 237
Westpac Institutional Bank 675 672 656
Westpac New Zealand (A$) 843 838 791
Group Businesses 437 291 422
Group total 8,301 8,011 7,693
Westpac New Zealand (NZ$) 922 899 839
Interest margin
1
Consumer Bank 2.37% 2.36% 2.27%
Business Bank 2.78% 2.74% 2.70%
BT Financial Group 3.11% 3.03% 2.78%
Westpac Institutional Bank 1.58% 1.62% 1.56%
Westpac New Zealand (NZ$) 2.15% 2.09% 1.96%
Group Businesses 0.91% 0.58% 0.89%
Group total 2.17% 2.10% 2.07%
1
Divisional comparatives have been restated.
2
Includes capital benefit. Capital benefit represents the notional revenue earned on capital allocated to divisions under Westpac’s
economic capital framework.
2018 Interim financial results
Cash earnings financial information
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 129
Note 2. Average balance sheet and interest rates (cash earnings basis)
Half Year Half Year
Half Year
31 March 2018 30 September 2017
31 March 2017
Average Interest Average Average Interest Average Average Interest Average
balance
Rate balance
Rate balance
Rate
$m $m % $m $m % $m $m %
Assets
Interest earning assets
Receivables due from other financial institutions 5,934 49 1.7 7,899 59 1.5 10,354 51 1.0
Trading securities and other financial assets
designated at fair value 23,860 275 2.3 26,883 292 2.2 24,851 266 2.1
Available-for-sale securities 61,023 930 3.1 57,124 881 3.1 59,298 914 3.1
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas 958 9 1.9 908 8 1.8 1,163 9 1.6
Loans and other receivables
1
675,236 14,840 4.4 666,950 14,627 4.4 649,117 14,147 4.4
Total interest earning assets
and interest income 767,011 16,103 4.2 759,764 15,867 4.2 744,783 15,387 4.1
Non-interest earning assets
Cash, receivables due from other financial
institutions and regulatory deposits 2,459 1,792 2,209
Derivative financial instruments 34,130 35,593 39,764
Life insurance assets 10,753 10,965 13,937
All other assets
2
61,643 59,245 60,982
Total non-interest earning assets 108,985
107,595 116,892
Total assets 875,996
867,359 861,675
Liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Payables due to other financial institutions 19,571 153 1.6 19,166 145 1.5 18,498 134 1.5
Deposits and other borrowings 494,871 4,368 1.8 489,707 4,433 1.8 479,692 4,435 1.9
Loan capital 17,935 376 4.2 17,217 343 4.0 17,199 350 4.1
Other interest bearing liabilities
3
176,399 2,905 3.3 174,075 2,935 3.4 174,266 2,775 3.2
Total interest bearing liabilities
and interest expense 708,776 7,802 2.2 700,165 7,856 2.2 689,655 7,694 2.2
Non-interest bearing liabilities
Deposits and payables due to other
financial institutions 47,978 47,028 45,165
Derivative financial instruments 36,916 39,867 45,709
Life insurance policy liabilities 9,013 9,148 11,980
All other liabilities
4
12,248 11,771 11,398
Total non-interest bearing liabilities 106,155
107,814
114,252
Total liabilities 814,931
807,979 803,907
Shareholders' equity 61,051 59,364
57,744
Non-controlling interests 14 16 24
Total equity 61,065
59,380
57,768
Total liabilities and equity 875,996
867,359
861,675
Loans and other receivables
1
Australia 574,357 12,779 4.5 564,432 12,595 4.5 551,261 12,188 4.4
New Zealand 72,807 1,736 4.8 73,004 1,742 4.8 72,872 1,728 4.8
Other overseas 28,072 325 2.3 29,514 290 2.0 24,984 231 1.9
Deposits and other borrowings
Australia 419,786 3,580 1.7 417,349 3,680 1.8 401,781 3,664 1.8
New Zealand 50,272 577 2.3 50,297 577 2.3 51,791 596 2.3
Other overseas 24,813 211 1.7 22,061 176 1.6 26,120 175 1.3
1
Loans and other receivables are stated net of provisions for impairment charges on loans. Other receivables include cash and
balances held with central banks and other interest earning assets.
2
Includes property and equipment, intangibles, deferred tax, non-interest bearing loans relating to mortgage offset accounts and other
assets.
3
Includes net impact of Treasury balance sheet management activities and the Bank Levy.
4
Includes provisions for current and deferred income tax.
2018 Interim financial results
Cash earnings financial information
130 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 3. Net interest income (cash earnings basis)
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 -
Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Interest income
Cash and balances with central banks 140 146 95 (4) 47
Receivables due from other financial institutions 49 59 51 (17) (4)
Net ineffectiveness of qualifying hedges - - - - -
Trading securities and financial assets designated at
fair value 275 292 266 (6) 3
Available-for-sale securities 930 881 914 6 2
Loans 14,678 14,467 14,037 1 5
Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas 9 8 9 13 -
Other interest income 22 14 15 57 47
Total interest income 16,103 15,867
15,387
1 5
Interest expense
Payables due to other financial institutions (153) (145) (134) 6 14
Deposits and other borrowings (4,368) (4,433) (4,435) (1) (2)
Trading liabilities (564) (964) (934) (41) (40)
Debt issues (2,088) (1,811) (1,774) 15 18
Loan capital (376) (343) (350) 10 7
Bank levy (186) (95) - 96 -
Other interest expense (67) (65) (67) 3 -
Total interest expense (7,802) (7,856)
(7,694)
(1) 1
Total net interest income 8,301 8,011
7,693
4
8
2018 Interim financial results
Cash earnings financial information
Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement | 131
Note 4. Non-interest income (cash earnings basis)
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
Fees and commissions
Facility fees 679 671 662 1 3
Transaction fees and commissions received 553 580 613 (5) (10)
Other non-risk fee income 116 78 151 49 (23)
Total fees and commissions 1,348 1,329
1,426
1 (5)
Wealth management and insurance income
Life insurance and funds management
net operating income 823 794 806 4 2
General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance
net operating income 106 130 80 (18) 33
Total wealth management and insurance income 929 924
886
1 5
Trading income
1
507 504
713
1 (29)
Other income
Dividends received from other entities 1 1 1 - -
Net gain on disposal of assets 10 - 6 - 67
Net gain/(loss) on hedging overseas operations - - - - -
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives held for risk
management purposes
2
14 (7) (23) large large
Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments designated
at fair value 26 5 6 large large
Gain on disposal of controlled entities (9) - - - -
Rental income on operating leases 14 15 17 (7) (18)
Share of associates net profit (3) 4 26 large large
Other 13 9 10 44 30
Total other income 66 27
43
144 53
Total non-interest income 2,850 2,784
3,068
2 (7)
Wealth management and insurance income reconciliation
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year Half Year Half Year Mar 18 - Mar 18 -
$m March 18 Sept 17 March 17 Sept 17 Mar 17
BTFG non-interest income 898 850 894 6 -
Net commission, premium, fee and banking income (78) (38) (109) 105 (28)
BTFG wealth management and insurance income 820 812
785
1 4
NZ wealth management and insurance income 77 77 71 - 8
WIB wealth management income 32 63 30 (49) 7
CB and BB wealth management and insurance income - (28) - (100) -
Total wealth management and insurance income 929 924
886
1 5
1
Trading income represents a component of total markets income from our WIB markets business, Westpac Pacific, Westpac New
Zealand and Treasury foreign exchange operations in Australia and New Zealand.
2
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives held for risk management purposes reflects the impact of economic hedges of foreign currency capital
and earnings.
2018 Interim financial results
Cash earnings financial information
132 | Westpac Group 2018 Interim Financial Results Announcement
Note 5. Operating expenses (cash earnings basis)
% Mov't % Mov't
Half Year
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.